Annexure Ȃr Etp of Sugar Cogen Complex

Index

SR. TITLE PAGE NO NO. TOR Letter &Tor Compliance

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1-19

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 20 1.0 PROJECT AT A GLANCE 21 1.1 PROJECT RATIONALE 22 1.2 THE PROMOTERS AND PROJECT 22 PREPAREDNESS 1.3 PROJECT IN BRIEF 23 1.4 STUDY OBJECTIVE 24 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MOEF APPROVAL 25 1.6 SUGAR INDUSTRY OVERVIEW & MAHARASHTRA 26 1.7 ETHANOL SECTOR OVERVIEW 28 1.8 SUGARCANE POTENTIAL IN COMMAND AREA 29 1.9 OUTLINE OF EIA REPORT 32 CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DETAIL 34 2.0 SALIENT FEATURES OF PROJECT 35 2.1 PROJECT COST 35 2.2 BREAK UP OF LAND TO BE UTILIZED FOR PROJECT 36 2.3 APPROACH & INTERNAL ROADS 37 2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE 38 2.5 MANPOWER 39 2.6 WATER REQUIREMENT 39 2.7 RAW MATERIALS 39 2.8 PROJECT CONCEPT, DESIGN & KEY PARAMETERS 40 2.9 MASS BALANCE OF INTEGRATED UNIT 50

2.10 UTILITIES & CONSUMABLES 50 CHAPTER 3 : BASELINE ENVIRONMENT 51 3.0 INTRODUCTION 52 3.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT 53 3.2 RELIEF AND DRAINAGE PATTERN 54 3.3 GEOLOGY 55 3.4 CLIMATE & METEOROLOGY 60 3.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 61 3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 65 3.7 WATER ENVIRONMENT 65 3.8 SOIL QUALITY AND CROPPING PATTERN 66 3.9 LAND USE 67 3.10 NATURAL WEALTH 73 3.11 ECOLOGY 73 3.12 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 80 3.13 AESTHETIC ENVIRONMENT 81 CHAPTER 4 :ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT PREDICTION 82 4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT PREDICTION 83 4.1 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 83 4.2 IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE 85 CHAPTER 5 :ENVIONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS 97 5.0 ENVIONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS 98 5.1 MATRIX METHOD 99 5.2 CHECK LIST METHOD 100 5.3 EXPERT ADVICE 102 5.4 ECONOMIC TECHNIQUE 102 CHAPTER 6:ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 104 6.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 106 6.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 106 6.2 DURING OPERATION PHASE 108 6.3 RAIN WATER HARVESTING 122 6.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MEASURES 124 6.5 BUDGET PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 130 6.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY 130 6.7 GREEN BELT AND AFFORESTATION PLAN 131 6.8 HEALTH 132 6.9 BUDGETARY COMMITMENT OF CSR 133 6.10 CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION 135 (CREP) GUIDELINES IMPLEMENTION CHAPTER 7:ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 138 7.1 MONITORING SYSTEM 139 7.2 LABORATORY FACILITIES AND MONITORING PLAN 141 CHAPTER 8:RISK ASSESMENT AND DISASTER CONTROL PLAN 144 8.0 RISK ASSESSMENT 145 8.1 RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS AND RISK ANALYSIS METHODOLOGIES 146 8.2 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT (HIRA) 149 8.3 STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS 150 8.4 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 153 8.5 HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES 168 8.6 DISASTER OR EMERGENCY CONTROL PLAN 170 8.7 TYPE OF DISASTER AT AFSL COMPLEX 170 8.8 LEVEL OF ACCIDENT 171 8.9 SITE EMERGENCY CONTROL ROOM (SECR) & SITE MAIN 171 CONTROLLER 8.10 DISASTER PREVENTIVE MEASURES 173 8.11 FIRE FIGHTING ARRANGEMENTS 174 8.12 ALARM SYSTEM TO BE FOLLOWED DURING DISASTER 174 8.13 PLANNING 175 8.14 COORDINATION AMONG KEY PERSONNEL OF CAPTIVE POWER 175 PLANT 8.15 HAZARD EMERGENCY CONTROL PROCEDURE 178 PUBLIC HEARING DATA 189

ANNEXURE SR. NO TITLE PAGE NO.

ANNEXURE A LIST OF EQUIPMENTS FOR PROPOSED DISTILLERY AND CO- 190 GENERATION PROJECT ANNEXURE B LOCATION MAP 192

ANNEXURE C STUDY AREA (BUFFER ZONE) 193

ANNEXURE D LAY OUT SUGAR COGENERATION AND DISTILLERY UNIT 194

ANNEXURE E METEOROLOGICAL DATA MONITORED AT PROPOSED SITE 195

ANNEXURE F AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING 196

ANNEXURE G NOISE LEVELS MONITORIED WITHIN BUFFER ZONE 202

ANNEXURE H GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORED WITHIN BUFFER ZONE 203

ANNEXURE I SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORED WITHIN BUFFER ZONE 206

ANNEXURE J LAND Ȃ USE PATTERN 207

ANNEXURE K SOIL QUALITY MONITORED WITHIN BUFFER ZONE 208

ANNEXURE L CROPPING PATTERN 209

ANNEXURE M DEMOGRAPHIC STRUCTURE WITHIN BUFFER ZONE 210

ANNEXURE N OCCUPTIONAL STRUCTURE WITHIN BUFFER ZONE 211

ANNEXURE O AMENITIES IN BUFFER ZONE 212

ANNEXURE P SITE PHOTOGRAPH 213

ANNEXURE Q PROCESS FLOW CHART COGEN POWER 214

ANNEXURE R ETP OF SUGAR COGEN COMPLEX 215

ANNEXURE S ZLD FLOW DIAGRAM OF 60 KLPD DISTILLERY 216

ANNEXURE T ORGANIZATION CHART 217

ANNEXURE U LAND OWNERSHIP DOCUMENT 218

ANNEXURE V APPLICATION FOR WATER WITHDRAWAL 219

TOR Letter &Tor Compliance

ToR Compliance Sr. Issues Page No. No. 1. Executive Summary of the project. Enclosed 2. Justification for the project. M/S. Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. is setting up a 5000 TCD Sugar, 30 MW cogen and 60 KLPD Distillery at Kapashi, Tal Phaltan Dist. Satara . The sugar plant alongwith Ethanol plant will add more revenue to farmers. After the establishment of the factory, the standard of living of the entire area will improve. The land & other infrastructure is also available. The SAIL proposes to adopt Zero Liquid discharge, maximum recycle of water and complete utilization of waste. The impacts would be amenable to technological control and effective environmental management in both the phases (construction & Operation). Based on the above, it is concluded that the adverse environmental impacts due to construction and operation phase can be mitigated to an acceptable level by implementation of various mitigatory measures envisaged 3. Detailed break-up of land area along with latest 36 photograph of the area. 4. Present Land use based on satellite imagery and 67 detailed of the land availability for the project with supporting document. 5. Detailed of the site and information related to Annexure C environmental settings within 10 km radius of the project site. 6. Information regarding eco-sensitive areas Does not exist within 10 km radius such as national park/wildlife sanctuary/biosphere reserves within 10 km radius of project area.

7. Total cost of the project along with total 130 capital cost and recurring cost\annum for environmental pollution control measures.

8. A copy of lease deed or allotment letter, if land is Annexure U already acquired.

9. List of existing distillery units in the study area There is no other distillery available

along with their capacity and sourcing of raw within 10 km radius of study area. material.

10. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as Annexure D proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc.

11. Details of proposed products along with 40 manufacturing capacity 12. Number of working days of the sugar unit, distillery 42 unit and CPP.

13. . Details of raw materials, its source with 39 availability of all raw materials including cereal grains requirement in case of grain based distillery. If molasses based distillery, then give source and quantity available for molasses. 14. Manufacturing process details of Sugar , distillery 40 and CPP along with process flowchart.

15. Sources and quantity of fuel (rice husk/bagasse/ The coal will be made available coal etc.) for the boiler. Measures to take care of from Local Traders by calling S02 emission. A copy of Memorandum of tenders/quotations from nearby Understanding (MoU) signed with the coal contacts. suppliers should be submitted. 16. Storage facility for raw materials, prepared 115 alcohol, fuels and fly ash.

17. Action plan for ambient air quality parameters as 62 per NAAQES Standards fo rPM10 PM25 S02 and NOx as per GSR 826(E) dated 16th November, 2009.

18. One season site-specific micro-meteorological Annexure E & F data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall and AAQ data (except monsoon) for PM10, PM2.5, S02, NOx· CO and HC (methane & non methane) shall be collected. The monitoring stations should take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. Data for water and noise monitoring should also be included.

19. Mathematical modeling for calculating the 87 dispersion of air pollutants and ground level concentration along with emissions from the boiler's stack.

20. An action plan to control and monitor 87 secondary fugitive emissions from all the sources.

21. An action plan prepared by SPCB to control 87

and monitor secondary fugitive emissions from all the sources. 22. Details of boiler and its capacity. Details of the use 42 of steam from the boiler. 23. Ground water quality around proposed spent Annexure H wash storage lagoon and the project area. 24. Details of water requirement, water balance 39 chart for existing unit as well as proposed expansion (as applicable). Measures for conservation water by recycling and reuse to minimize the fresh water requirement.

25. Source of water supply and permission of Application submitted for water withdrawal of water from Competent Authority. drawal permission page No.199

26. Proposed effluent treatment system for 110 grain/molasses based distillery (spent wash and spent lees) along with utility wastewater including CPP/Co-gen Unif(wherever applicable) as well as domestic sewage and scheme for achieving zero discharge. Details of treatment of effluent generation from sugar unit. 27. Spent wash generation should not exceed 8 115 KL/KL of alcohol production. Details of the spent wash treatment for molasses based distillery based distillery.

28. Capacity for spent wash holding tank and 1440 sqm, Please refer Page No. action plan to c o n t r o l ground water 115 pollution.

29. Layout for storage of bagasse/biomass/coal. Refer layout 30. Capacity for spent wash holding tank and 115 action plan to c o n t r o l ground water pollution. 31. Dryer shall be installed to dry DWGS. NA 32. Refer layout Layout for storage of rice husk/biomass/coal. 33. Details of solid waste management including 116 m a n a g e m e n t of boiler ash.

34. Risk assessment for storage and handling of 144 alcohol and mitigation measure due to fire and explosion and handling areas.

35. Alcohol storage and handling area fire 150 fighting facility as per norms. Provision of Foam System for fire fighting to control fire from the alcohol storage tank.

36. Action plan for development of green belt 131 over 33 % of the total project area within plant premises with at least 10 meter wide green belt on

all sides along the periphery of the project area, in downward direction, and along road sides etc. 37. List of flora and fauna in the study area. 74

38. Noise levels monitoring at five locations within Annexure G the study area.

39. Detailed Environment management Plan (EMP) 104 with specific reference to details of air pollution control system, water & wastewater management, monitoring frequency, responsibility and time bound implementation plan for mitigation measure should be provided.

40. EMP should also include the concept of waste- 116 minimization, recycle/reuse/ recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

41. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures 122 at plant site should be included to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water.

42. Details of occupational health surveillance 130 programme. 43. Details of socio-economic welfare activities. 133 44. Transportation of raw materials and 89 finished products for the project (proposed/expansion) in respect of existing traffic, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

45. Action plan for post-project environmental 138 monitoring. 46. Corporate Environmental Responsibility 133 47. (a) Does the company have well laid down - Environmental Policy approved by its board of Directors? If so it may be detailed in the EIA report. (b) Does the Environmental policy prescribe the standard operating process/procedures to bring into focus any - infringement/deviation/violation of Environmental or forest norms/conditions ? if so it may be detailed in the EIA report.

(c) What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to 217 deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring the compliance with the EC conditions. Details of the system may be

given. (d) Does the company have a system of reporting a non compliance/ violation of Environmental norms to the board of directors of the company and or share holder or stakeholder at large ? this reporting system should be detailed in the EIA report. 48. At least 5 % of the total cost of the project 135 should be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan should be prepared and incorporated..

49. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum 130 for environmental pollution control measures.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

1.1 INTRODUCTION Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. (Formerly Known as Lokmanya Sakhar Udyog Ltd) is registered in the State of Maharashtra under the Companies Act, 1956 on 21st February, 2011 vide registration No U15430PN2011PLC38601. Now, SAIL proposes to set up integrated 5000 TCD sugar plant along with eco-friendly 30MWcapacity cogen power project for decentralized generation of export able surplus power, mainly from renewable sources of fuel and 60 KLPD ethanol plant, to be located at Kapshi, Tehsil Phaltan, Dist. Satara of Maharashtra. The integrated project comprises of a sugar mill for the manufacture of high quality sugar, thereby making available required bagasse for the cogen power plant and molasses for ethanol plant. The command area of the proposed sugar mill has excellent irrigation facilities, potential for sustained cane supply to the sugar mill, molasses and biomass availability. The aggregated capital investment for the integrated project has been estimated at Rs. 323.70 crore.

1.2 NEED OF PUBLIC HEARING Moreover, sugar, co-generation power and distillery project proposed to be set up in the State of Karnataka Government require environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forest, New Delhi based on Sept 2006 notification on environment impact assessment by Union Ministry of Environment and Forest vide No. SO 1533 subject to project is located within radius of ten km boundary of reserved forest reserved forest, ecologically sensitive area which may include National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, critically polluted area and interstate boundary shall require environmental clearance from Central Government. Hence, SAIL submitted an application for environmental clearance to Ministry of Environment and Forest, New Delhi for terms of reference approval for Sugar, Distillery and Cogen power project. The ToR was approved by Union Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change New Delhi vide letter no. J-11011/403 /2014 ȂIAII (I) dated March 31, 2015.

1 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

1.3 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PROJECT Salient Features of project 1 Name of Company and project M/s Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. Location Factory Site: At Kapshi, Taluka : Phaltan, District : Satara, Maharashtra. 2 Constitution &Type Public limited company 3 Products Sugar, Ethanol & Power 4 Geocodes 170 ͷ͸ǯ͵ʹǤͷͲǳ͹Ͷ0 ͳͷǯͳ͸ǤͷͲǳ 5 Distance from nearest town / Phaltan, 25 Km city 6 Distance from nearest airport Pune, 112 Km 7 Distance from nearest Railway Wathar, 18 Km Station 8 Distance from nearest water Nira Cannel,12 Km source 9 Distance from nearest 14 Km, Phaltan at 132 kV MSEDCL EHV Substation substation 10 Installed Capacities of the Integrated Project SugarPlant 5000TCD (22 hrs basis) Ethanol Plant 60 KPLD(300 Operating days) CogenPower Plant 30.00 MW installed capacity 19.77 MW (Avg. exportable power, Season 160days) 26.60 MW (Avg. exportable power, Off Season 65 days)

1.4 RAW MATERIAL Sugar Plant The proposed sugar plant of 5000 TCD will require about 8.00 lakh MT of sugarcane for 160 days crushing season, including sugarcane required for seeding purposes. About 11.43 lakh MT sugarcane is already available within the command area of the proposed factory site.

2 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

The irrigation & climatic conditions are quite conducive. Considering this situation & long term cane development program being adopted by SAIL, the proposed project will not have any difficulty for making the required sugar cane available for crushing for the proposed capacity & even further expansion Cogen Power Plant As indicated in the steam / power cycle design, the total bagasse available from the sugar mill, from cane crushing of 8.00 lakh MT, as fuel, will be 2,33,600 MT after bagacillo & handling losses. Out of this, 2,21,414 MT (57.66 TPH x 24 x 160) will be utilized by the cogen plant boiler during season, leaving saved bagasse of about 12186 MT for the off season operation. Total bagasse requirement for the off-season is 78,629 MT (50.40TPH). Out of which 12186 MT saved bagasse will be utilized, leaving net bagasse requirement of 66,443 MT. The use of biomass materials like cane trash available in the command area can meet this requirement. The net equivalent cane trash required for off-season operation has been worked at 21437 MT. The imported coal equivalent bagasse will be used in exigencies upto 15% of total annual requirement which works out at 45007 MT. The actual quantities of cane trash & imported coal required will be 14616 MT & 18412 MT, respectively. Procurement of raw materials for off-season operation of the cogen power plant must become a line function of cogen plant operation with appointment of Fuel Manager and competent field staff for the purpose. The detailed biomass assessment survey was carried out. It is seen that huge quantity of cane trash to the tune of 2.14 lakh MT can be easily procured & made available for off-season operation of the proposed cogen power plant. Considering the requirement & availability, SAIL will not have any difficulty in procuring cane trash. Energy plantation on wasteland in the command area will also be evaluated and implemented for long-term fuel linkage for the proposed cogen power plant. Therefore, no difficulty envisaged in getting fuel for cogen plant for 225 days of operation. Ethanol Plant Ethanol plant will be operated for 300 days a year. The total molasses required for the operation at 100% capacity utilization will be 76596 MT. At 4.00% on cane the net molasses generated from the sugar factory will be 32,000MT. The outside molasses required therefore will be 44596 MT. Own molasses will be sufficient for 125 days of operation. For balance 175 days molasses will be procured from nearby sugar factories

3 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

1.5 WATER REQUIREMENT Unit Quantity m3/day Sugar 500 Cogeneration unit 620 Distillery 432 Domestic 40 Total 1592

The source of water is Nira Canal which is located at 12 Km from project site. 1.6 SUGAR, ALCOHOL AND COGENERATION PROCESS Cane from nearby area will be crushed to get sugar cane juice which will further be concentrated to get quality sugar crystals. Uncrystallised sugar collected in molasses will be fermented to form alcohol with Yeast cells.

C12H22O11 + H2 O Enzyme Invertase 2 C6H12O6

C6H12O6 Enzyme zymase 2 C2H5OH + 2 CO2

Alcohol distillation will yield quality rectified alcohol. Spent wash will be fired in 28 TPH spent wash incineration boiler. Bagasse form cane crushing and coal will be burnt in 160 T/H boiler for cogeneration of 30 MW power with turbo generator.

Press mud from cane juice filtration will be used in composting and the same will be supplied to cane farmers. Ash from boiler will be sold to brick producers or used in land filling. Bagasse / Fuel Balance The bagasse and fuel balances are indicated in the following table Sr. Item Value No. Season Off season 1. Crushing rate, TCH 227.27 2. Bagasse generation at 30.0% on cane, TPH 68.18 3. Bagacillo/handling loss at 0.8% on cane, TPH 1.82 4. Bagasse available as fuel at 29.2% on cane, 66.36 TPH,MT (233600) 5. Bagasse consumed by new boilers, TPH (MT) 57.66 50.40 (221414) (78629) 7. Bagasse saved / available for off season 12186 operation, MT 8 Cane Trash requirement, MT (Equivalent bagasse) 21437 9 Imported coal requirement, (MT) (Equivalent 45007 bagasse) 4 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

10. Actual cane trash requirement, MT 14616 11. Actual Imported coal requirement, (MT) 18412 12 Saved Bagasse days 10 13 Days on Imported Coal 37 14 Days on cane trash 18 Power Balance Following table gives the power balance for the season and off-season: Sr.No Item Value, MW Season Off season 1. Power generation, MW 27.47 30.00 2. Power consumption, MW - Sugar process (@ 21 kW / TCH 4.77 0.10 - Colony 0.10 0.10 - Ethanol Plant 0.35 0.35 - Cogeneration auxiliaries 2.47 2.85 - Total 7.69 3.40 3. Power export, MW 19.77 26.60 4. Power export at design capacity level, MU 75.93 41.50 5. Total, season + off season MU at design 117.4

1.7 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS 1.7.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT Site Location The proposed project site of Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd, is at Village Kapashi, Tal: Phalatan, Dist : Satara. of Maharashtra State. The proposed site is plane and there are no undulations. It has gentle slope towards south side. The Gocodes of the site are 17O ͷ͸ǯ ͵ʹǤͷͲǳ ͹Ͷ 0 ͳͷǯ ͳ͸ǤͷͲǳǤ͸ͶͻǤ Site location and Surrounding On the boundary of Taluka Phaltan on the north Dist Pune, on east side Dist Solapur, on west taluka Khandala, and south Taluka Man and Khatav exist. No wild life sanctuary or ecological sensitive area exists within 10 Km radius from site. Road Connectivity to Site On south of project site Phaltan Satara district road exist at 1 Km . On northen side at 9.5 Km Lonand Phaltan road exist on western side Shirur Satara road exist at 9.6 Km. GENERAL FEATURES OF THE SATARA & SURROUNDINGS Satara district lies at the Western limit of the Deccan table and southern Maharashtra. It is situated in the river basins of the Bhima and Krishna rivers but from the point of view of the

5 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Peninsular drainage, the entire land of the district belong to larger drainage system of Krishna river. The district extends between 170 ͷǯͳͺ0 ͳͳǯ͹͵0 ͵͵ǯ͹Ͷ0ͷͶǯ east longitude. Residual hill ranges and the intermediate valleys, all well developed on a table land surface, from the main element of landscape in the district. All along the western boundary of the district is the Sahyadrian ranges. The Crestline proper is a succession of high plateau interrupted by occasional rounded peaks and connected by low saddles. The Mahadeo range, which is the next major well developed range, begins as an off shoot of the Sahyadris in the north Ȃwestern part of the district. It runs eastward as a main range and send off several minor ranges south-eastward and southward. These major ranges enclose between them the major river system of Satara. The physical setting of Satara shows a contrast of immense dimensions and reveals a variety of landscape influenced by relief, climate and vegetation. The variation in relief ranges from the pinnacles and high plateaus of the main Sahyadrians range having height over 4500 feet above mean sea level to the subdued basin of the Hira river in Phaltan tahsil with an average height of about 1700 feet above mean sea level. 1.7.3 Salient Features of baseline Environmental Studies Parameters Study Inference Micrometeorological Wind Profile, Temperature, To assess air pollution Study Humidity, rainfall impacts on neighboring environment Air Quality Data Particulate Matter PM10 and PM To assess air quality 2.5 micron Sulphur Dioxide ( SO2) Oxides of nitrogen ( NOx) Carbon Monoxide ( CO) Noise Quality Noise To identify Noise levels Water and Soil Study Physicochemical analysis To assess quality of water and soil Socio-Economic Study Demography and occupation and To asses human index Amenities in the area

6 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

A6 Ghadgewadi 2.68 E 170 ͷ͹Ǥǯ͹Ǥͺǳ 740 ͳ͸ǯͷ͸Ǥ͵ǳ A7 Takubaichiwadi 2.11 N 170 ͷ͹ǯͷ͵Ǥ͵͹ǳ 740 ͳͶǯͷͶǤͶǳ A8 Nandal 7.7 NE 170 ͷͻǯͳ͵Ǥͻͻǳ 740 ͳͺǯͶͶǤͻ͸ǳ Air Environment Sr. Location 24 Hour 98 percentile Concentration in CO No ɊȀ3 mg/M3 PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx A1 Project Site 58.1 15.7 11.4 18.7 2.0 A2 Kapashi 62.1 20.95 12.25 20.53 1.31 A3 Alijapur 57.9 15.2 7.2 12.89 0.93 A4 Adarki Bk 40.2 21.7 7.8 12.9 0.88 A5 Bibi 51.4 16.3 7.98 14.9 0.986 A6 Ghadgewadi 52.3 19.6 8.5 16.5 1.13 A7 Takubaichiwadi 48.9 28.6 9.45 15.7 0.86 A8 Nandal 51.7 21.8 7.6 12.4 0.8 CPCB Standard 100 60 80 80 4 The ambient air quality observed during the study period is well within the prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards. 1.7.5 Noise Environment The noise levels observed on all locations were in range of 47.9 Ȃ 53.8dBA during day time and 37.1 Ȃ 41.8(at project site) dBA during night time. 1.7.6 Water Quality The ground water quality at 4 locations was monitored. It was observed the hardness of water was in the range of 152 to 332 mg/l which is not on higher side. The surface water from water from Nira Canal at Adarki Kh was also analyzed and it was found that it is potable. 1.7.7 Biological Environment The study of Flora and Fauna in the 10 km radius from the project site was carried out. The eco sensitive and wild life sanctuary was not found in 10 Km radius. In the study area trees like Neem, Tamrind, Karanj, Umber, Pipal, Babul and some common trees were observed. As regards fauna is concerned Mangoose, jackal, Squirrel were among the mammals, frog from amphibian, Naja-Naja, Viper from reptiles were noticed. Among the avifauna, Drango, Parrot, Crow, and Green bea eater were are found. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT PREDICTION Environmental impact in the study area reflects in any changes of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial effects caused or induced by the impact of project if implemented. Superimposition of predicted impact over pre-project base line data shows final picture of

7 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. environmental conditions. Step of quantitative impact prediction leads to decline suitable environment management plan needed to implement before initiation of project, commissioning stage to mitigate adverse effects on environmental quality. Impact prediction in various areas of air, water, soil, noise, socio-economic for alcohol distillery are given in following sections. Plant involves activities to set up a plant, machinery, create infrastructure to transport raw material, finished products. It causes various impacts on air & water quality, noise levels, socio- economic environment etc. Next steps describe a brief description of the environmental impacts of proposed distillery project both in construction and operational phases and methodology and results of mathematical and simulation models used in their prediction. 1.9 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE Project construction phase will be of one and half year whose activities will surely show effects on land environment, water, air, noise level, soil quality, socio-economic trend etc. 1.9.1 Land Environment Some excavation, land filling and development aspects may be needed for leveling of the ground. 1.9.2 Water Environment During construction hardly 50m3 water will be required for slab working. The construction activity will not have any effect on ground as well as surface water. Even the domestic waste water generated in the labour camp is also very low. Mitigation Waste water generated during construction is insignificant. Proper sanitation facility will be provided with septic tank so that there will be no negative impact on water. 1.9.3 Air Environment During construction activity there is a probability of increase in SPM due to transportation of trucks, trolleys construction debris, cement etc. Mitigation: all the vehicles permitted at the project site will be possessing Pollution under control certificate. There will be provision of water sprinkling on the project site to control dust emission. 1.9.4 Noise Environment The construction activity will generate noise due to vehicles like trucks and machinery like bulldozers, concrete mixers, cranes etc. the noise levels are between 70 to 80 dB.

8 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Mitigation: All the workers involved in the construction works are provided with ear plugs to avoid continuous exposure of noise. Noise exposure can also be minimized by shock absorbing techniques such as noise barriers, silencers etc. in the equipment. 1.9.5 Occupational Safety During the construction there are chances of minor or major accidents at the site. Mitigation: All the workers will be provided with helmets, goggles and safety instructions in the form of manuals and also first-aid will be made available. 1.10 IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE The operations and their respective impacts in ethanol manufacturing units are as follows: 1.10.1 Impact on Land or soil The solid waste generated from the ethanol plant is mainly in the form of press mud. This solid waste in case dump on land will create soil degradation or underground water pollution. 1.10.2 Impact due to solid residue Press mud is obtained in sugar production. Ash formation will occur due to use of Bagasse as fuels in boiler. Ash (small quantity) will be collected, mixed in press mud & distributed free to farmers during season & during off season will be given to nearby brick manufacturers it can also be used as a material for land filling. Mitigation: Press mud can be used as bio-compost along with spent wash. Fly ash generated during combustion in boiler will be used as a material in fertilizer as well as in brick manufacturing. 1.10.3 Impact on water environment

Water needed for plant will be available from Nira canal. SAIL intends to intake 1592m3/day of water per day to fulfill the needs of sugar mill, distillery, co-generation plant and residential colony. Of the total water requirement of 1592m3/day, 500 m3/day be use for sugar plant, 620 m3/day shall be use for Co generation plant, 432 m3/day shall be use for Distillery and 40 m3/day will be use for domestic purposes.

Mitigation : The recycled water will be treat and reuse inside the plant, recycle and reuse scheme will be adopted so as to prevent water pollution. Zero liquid discharge scheme is

9 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. implemented for Distillery. In this scheme spent wash after bio digester will be taken to seven multiple evaporator and concentrated spent wash is burned in incinerator boiler. 1.10.4 Impact on Air Environment

The common process involved in the units is the use of boiler and turbine. The air environment gets polluted due to emission of suspended particulate matter having particle size less than 50 microns. It also affects the crops grown in the nearby areas. So it has negative impact on the health of people. Due to existing state highways & less distances for carts, trucks to reach site the suspended particulate matter generation will be in specified limits. Fly ash will collected from electrostatic precipitator , air heater hoppers, ash from boiler bottom hoppers, total quantity being less than 2 % can be subjected to suitable fertilizer and brick . The overall Scenario with predicated concentrations over the baseline is shown below After commissioning of plant average GLC of SPM is measured considering both the boiler stacks in the terms of 24 hour concentration, will increase by Maximum 0.025μg/m3 as shown in Isopleths, the SO2 and NOx is also predicted from 28 TPH spent wash fired boiler is measured in the range of 2.55 μg/m3 and 1.15 μg/m3 . Mitigation: To avoid negative impact on the air quality of nearby area mitigation measures such as effective stack height (86 m and 60m) and use of air pollution control devices such as Electrostatic precipitator is proposed 1.10.5 Impact due to transportation Vehicle traffic due to transportation of molasses, finished materials alcohol etc. will be increased. Transport of the items will be done with trucks. Traffic with jeeps, buses, cars, ambulance etc. will also be there. Traffic on road will create rise in particulate matter. Metalled roads already exist in the site area which will keep minimum SPM level. Thus fugitive emissions will be at minimum levels. Mitigation SAIL puts a strategy to check regularly the PUC of all auto vehicles, servicing & maintenance, in order to have minimum environmental impact due to the vehicle exhaust emission. Garden & tree plantation plans will ensure the target of minimum fugitive emissions. SAIL proposes better level of housekeeping in all departments of sugar mill, power generation, and colony area to get clean area.

10 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

1.10.6 Impact on Noise environment Noise, an unwanted sound, affects human being. Excessive exposure to noise produces varying degree of damage to hearing system. It leads to headache, fatigue etc. the main sources of noise are steam turbine, boiler, DG sets, etc. most of them generate noise level up to 70-90 dB A. Road traffic will also result in rise in noise levels. Continuous exposure of increased level of noise will have an adverse impact on the health of workers as well as the people residing in surrounding area. Prolonged exposure can lead to temporary or even permanent deafness. Noise making Equipments such as cutters, crushers, mixers, pumps, boilers etc. All connecting roads to plant will be metalled one. Vehicle maintenance, proper lubrication to machinery will be arranged. Tree plantation on the campus and on the connecting roads is initiated and will be done each year. Mitigation All the workers will be provided with ear plugs, proper maintenance of pumps. All the transporters will be advice to carry out regular maintenance of their vehicles. 1.10.7 Impact on Socio-economic environment SAIL is located in an isolated area. MSPSL management thought that it would be advantageous to improve the living conditions of people in and around the plant site. It also proposes to employ local skilled and unskilled workers. It will therefore generate employment in the local area. In turn local people can avoid uncertainty of job, raise their living standard, do supplementary jobs of cane & other farming, cattle, poultry, brick making unit etc. thus to stabilize & prosper in life. This will surely be a positive impact. 1.10.8 Socio economic pattern SAIL has already initiated process to select & employ key persons for project. In nearby period full employment, colony creation will give them space to reside thus to get settled in the area. 1.11 Environment Management Plan 1.11.1Air Pollution control The following measures shall be adopted for the control of emissions in the sugar, cogen and Distillery unit ¾ Suitably designed electro static precipitator with efficiency of 98.36 % for bagasse based boiler and 99.2% for spentwash fired boiler shall be placed downstream of the stack which will separate out the incoming dust in flue gas and limit the dust concentration at its designed outlet concentration of 150 mg/Nm3

11 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

¾ For the effective dispersion of the pollutants stack height has been fixed based on the CPCB requirements. The height of the stack shall be 86 m for bagasse based boiler and 60m for spentwash fired boiler. ¾ ESP is attached to collect and control fly ash emission. ¾ For DG sets, stacks of adequate height shall be provided. ¾ All vehicles and their exhausts shall be well maintained and regularly tested for emission concentration. ¾ Adequate thickness of insulating material with proper fastening shall be provided to control the thermal pollution. ¾ Regular preventive maintenance of pollution control equipment shall be carried out. ¾ Stack emission shall be regularly monitored external agencies on periodic basis. 1.11.2 Noise Pollution Control All rotating equipments shall be lubricated and provided with enclosures as far as possible to reduce noise emissions. Provision of silencer will be made wherever possible. 1.11.3 Water Pollution control The waste water generated from Sugar and Cogen power plant will be treated in the Effluent treatment plant. The treated water will be diluted with non process waste water after neutralization in polishing pond. The outlet of the polishing pond confirming to the GSR 422 E on land discharge standard is used for green belt development and sugar cane cultivation. Of the area of 78 acre available 26.11acre is available for green belt. The treatment of spent wash from Distillery include use of triple effect evaporator to concentrate spent wash which is further burned in boiler. Hence, as per CPCB norms zero effluent discharge is achieved. The domestic sewage will be disposed by using compact STP. 1.11.4 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PRESS MUD STORAGE YARD The press mud storage yard of 75 m x 50 m will be made impervious by constructing it with 300 mm thick stone soling. 200 mm thick base garland canal to collect any leachate are rainy days water. The same water will be collected in a collection tank of 10 m x 10 m x 5 m and the same will be recycled.

12 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

SAIL will adopt the state of the art continuous fermentation process with multi pressure vacuum distillation such that the generation of solid waste Yeast sludge obtained is only 0.5 Ȃ 1% of the total fermented wash quantity, too less as compared to conventional batch process. For 60 KLPD rectified spirit plant the maximum quantity of sludge produced is 1200 Ȃ 2500 Lt./day (wet basis). The sludge will be dried and used for composting.

1.11.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT Tree plantation is one of the effective remedial measures to control the Air pollution and noise pollution. It also causes aesthetics and climatologically improvement of area as well as sustains and supports the biosphere. It is an established fact that trees and vegetation acts as a vast natural sink for the gaseous as well as particulate air pollutants due to enormous surface area of leaves. It also helps to attenuate the ambient noise level. Plantation around the pollution sources control the air pollution by filtering the air particulate and interacting with gaseous pollutant before it reaches to the ground. Tree plantation also acts as buffer and absorber against accidental release of pollutants. The plantation work for green belt development will be carried out as per CPCB guidelines, local species would be preferred. For effective control of air pollutants in and around the proposed industry, a suitable green belt is proposed by taking into consideration the following criteria. The green belt would; Mitigate gaseous emissions Have sufficient capability to arrest accidental release. Effective in wastewater reuse. Maintain the ecological balance. Control noise pollution to a considerable extent. Prevent soil erosion. Improve the Aesthetics. 1.12 MONITORING PLAN

1.12.1 MONITORING FACILITY

It is proposed to get the monitoring work done from the laboratory of MPCB initially. In due course of time SAIL may acquire-monitoring equipments namely High Volume Samplers, Stack Monitoring Kit, Automatic recording Weather Monitoring Station, Noise Monitoring Equipments etc. to carry out environmental monitoring work. The in house monitoring shall be highly recommended to save the cost incurred.

13 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

1.13 EMP BUDGET Capital and operating expenditures for environment protection measures i.e EMP Sr.No Particulars Capital Recurring Cost Cost per Annum in Lakhs lakhs 1 Air pollution control ESP 400.00 20.0 2 Water pollution control ETP 500.00 2.5 3 Composting 100.00 1.0 4 Noise pollution control 1.0 0.1 5 Occupational Health - 1.0 6 Environment Monitoring and management - 1.0 7 Green Belt Development 2.00 0.2 8 Others-Consultation and Training - 0.5 Total 1001.0 26.3

1.14 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 1.14.1 RISK ASSESSMENT: Industrial accidents results in great personal and financial loss. Managing these accidental risks ǯ ǡ real or perceived incidents can quickly jeopardize the financial viability of a business. Many facilities involve various manufacturing processes that have the potential for accidents which may be catastrophic to the plant, work force, environment, or public.

The main objective of the risk assessment study is to propose a comprehensive but simple approach to carry out risk analysis and conducting feasibility studies for industries and planning and management of industrial prototype hazard analysis study in Indian context.

Risk analysis and risk assessment will provide details on Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) techniques used world-over to determine risk posed to people who work inside or live near hazardous facilities, and to aid in preparing effective emergency response plans by delineating a Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to handle onsite and offsite emergencies.

QRA may be carried out to serve the following objectives. 1. Identification of safety areas 2. Identification of hazard sources 3. Generation of accidental release scenarios for escape of hazardous materials from the facility 4. Identification of vulnerable units with recourse to hazard indices

14 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

5. Estimation of damage distances for the accidental release scenarios with recourse to Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) analysis 6. Hazard and Operability studies (HAZOP) in order to identify potential failure cases of significant consequences

Mitigation Measures The purpose of mitigation is to identify measures that safeguard the environment and the community affected by the proposal. Mitigation is both a creative and practical phase of the EIA process. It seeks to find the best ways and means of avoiding, minimizing and remedying impacts. Mitigation measures must be translated into action in the correct way and at the right time, if they are to be successful. This process is referred to as impact management and takes place during project implementation. A written plan should be prepared for this purpose, and includes a schedule of agreed actions. Opportunities for impact mitigation will occur throughout the project cycle.

1.14.2 Health and safety measures: x Regular inspection and maintenance of pollution control systems. x Statuary approvals, waste treatment and disposal including stack emissions etc. x Full fledge fire protection system. x Gloves and protective equipment to prevent health hazards. x Use of splash proof safety goggles and shoes. x ǯ observing safe work practices. x Clearly define the procedures for inspection, operation, and emergency shutdown of the process operations. x To device systematic accident prevention program to ensure safe and healthy working environment. x The compliance of all statutory regulations. x Environment monitoring and control of process parameters at various unit operations by providing control measures in the plant. x Eliminate unreasonable, research and where appropriate, implement advance technology in the design, production services and to prevent pollution as well as conserve, recover and recycle raw materials.

15 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

x The workers exposed to noisy sources will be provided with ear muffs/plugs. x Preventive maintenance activities so as to have smooth operations. x Audit programs must be carried out to review the management system for identifying, evaluating and controlling environmental, health and safety hazards. x The health of the workers will be regularly checked by a well qualified doctor and proper records will be kept for each worker. 1.14.3 DISASTER OR EMERGENCY CONTROL PLAN SAIL will be a new growth oriented center in the Indi area district Satara . Such unit can pose threat of danger / hazard due to storage of hazardous materials. Distillery plant also poses electrocution, fire, and explosion hazards. When the full fledge activity of Ethanol Plant will gear up it will have to follow Factories Act 1948 with all amendments till today and any directives from Director Safety, Health & Environment [SHE] will automatically be binding on SAIL. In such condition to appoint a qualified Safety Officer is a must & will be an adequate, wise step in such direction. On site and off site disaster control plans and their perfect implementation will be part and parcel of the management & such safety officer. To lessen the probability of hazard to occur & avoid the consequent damage, a disaster management and control plan has to be worked out for whole complex in anticipation to the threat.

1.14.3.1 TYPE OF DISASTER AT SAIL COMPLEX

x Disaster can occur as on site or off site variety i.e. disaster on campus or disaster in nearby area causing indirect damage to site area & the complex.

x Disaster may occur due to two categories, natural and man made calamities:

x Natural calamities cover Flood, Storm / typhoon, Earthquake, Tsunami, Heavy mist, fog, hail storm, Land slide

x Man made calamities involve Fire & Explosion, All types of leakages & spillage, Electrocution, excavation, construction, erection, Sabotage, rail & road accidents, mass agitation, Looting, Morcha, war

The identified hazardous areas in the complex are

1. Boiler area - Explosion

2. Oil tanks - Fire and spillage

16 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

3. Turbine section - Explosion

4. Electrical rooms - Fire and electrocution

5. Transformer area - Fire and electrocution

6. Cable - Fire and electrocution

7. Storage facilities Ȃ Fire / spillage for fuel and alcohol 1.14.3.2 SITE EMERGENCY CONTROL ROOM (SECR) & SITE MAIN CONTROLLER

To assist the disaster control more effectively a site emergency control room (SECR) will be established at the plant site. The SECR may be provided with following sections:

x All site plant layout

x List of important telephone numbers of Chairman & Directors SAIL, Chief Engineer, Chief Chemist, Distillery Manager, Administration Manager.

x All material handling & incoming vehicle traffic to be stopped temporarily.

x All out going lines to be used to contact above authorities.

x Captive power plant layout showed with inventories and locations of fuel

x Oil / furnace oil storage tanks, storage yard etc.

x Hazard identification chart, maximum number of people working at a time, assembly points etc

1.14.3.3 DISASTER PREVENTIVE MEASURES

The proposed power plant will have following preventive measures to avoid occurrence of disasters:

I. Specification & marking of safe area to gather in emergency.

II. Design, manufacture and construction of plant, machineries and buildings will be as per national and international codes as applicable in specific cases and laid down by statutory authorities.

III. Provision of adequate access ways for movement of equipment and personnel shall be kept.

17 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

IV. Minimum two numbers of gates to escape during disaster shall be provided.

V. Fuel oil storage shall be in protected and fenced. The tank will be housed in a dyke wall. As per regulations of CCOE its testing & certification will be performed each 5 years regularly.

VI. Proper colour coding for all process water, air & steam lines will be done.

VII. Proper insulation for all steam & condensate, hot water lines will be done.

VIII. Provision of circuit brakers, isolation switches, signals will be provided as per electricity act & rules.

Proper & rigid bonding and earthing to all equipment will be arranged

1.14.4 FIRE FIGHTING ARRANGEMENTS BIS 2190 provides Indian standards for fire fighting equipment. All fire fighting equipment and extinguishers have to be planned according to this standard.

There are 4 classes of a fire to occur:

Class Materials Extinguisher

A Cotton, Cloth, paper, wood Water type

B Oils, Hydrocarbons, Alcohol, Greases CO2 type

C Gases, CNG, LPG, Acetylene, Foam type

D Electrical & metals Foam

1.14.4.1 Recommendation

The fire tender, which will be part of project with following minimum fire fighting arrangements shall be procured:

x Water tank - 500 litres

x CO2 - 2700 litres

x Foam tank - 45 litres

x CO2 type fire extinguishers - 6 nos of 4.5 kg each

18 | Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

1.15 CONCLUSION

M/S. Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. is setting up a 5000 TCD Sugar, 30 MW cogen and 60 KLPD Distillery at Kapashi, Tal Phaltan Dist. Satara . The sugar plant alongwith Ethanol plant will add more revenue to farmers. After the establishment of the factory, the standard of living of the entire area will improve. The land & other infrastructure is also available. The SAIL proposes to adopt Zero Liquid discharge, maximum recycle of water and complete utilization of waste. The impacts would be amenable to technological control and effective environmental management in both the phases (construction & Operation).

Based on the above, it is concluded that the adverse environmental impacts due to construction and operation phase can be mitigated to an acceptable level by implementation of various mitigatory measures envisaged.

19 | Page

Environment Impact Assessment Report

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

20 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

1.0 PROJECT AT A GLANCE Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. (Formerly Known as Lokmanya Sakhar Udyog Ltd) is registered in the State of Maharashtra under the Companies Act, 1956 on 21st February, 2011 vide registration No U15430PN2011PLC38601. Now, Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. (SAIL ) proposes to set up integrated 5000 TCD sugar plant along with eco-friendly 30MWcapacity cogen power project for decentralized generation of exportable surplus power, mainly from renewable sources of fuel and 60 KLPD ethanol plant, to be located at Kapshi, Tehsil Phaltan, Dist. Satara of Maharashtra.

The integrated project comprises of a sugar mill for the manufacture of high quality sugar, thereby making available required bagasse for the cogen power plant and molasses for ethanol plant. The command area of the proposed sugar mill has excellent irrigation facilities, potential for sustained cane supply to the sugar mill, molasses and biomass availability. The aggregated capital investment for the integrated project has been estimated at Rs. 323.70 crore.

1.1 PROJECT RATIONALE The promoters have extensively and carefully analyzed the present and future scenario of sugar, ethanol and power industries. They studied carefully the present irrigation facilities and surplus cane availability in the command area, as well as future potential of irrigation and additional cane availability.

Most of the villages of the command area fall in Phaltan and nearby tehsils like Khandala ,Koregaon, Wai etc in the Satara district & Baramati from Pune district. Total area under irrigation under canals &wells is 65221ha &113364 ha, respectively. The area under minor, medium & major irrigation project within Satara district is 16666 ha, 5738 ha & 147985ha, respectively. Total land under irrigation in the command area (Phaltan, Khandala, Wai, Koregaon & Baramati tehsils) is around 214504 ha out of total cultivated area. Major sources for irrigation are mainly canals and major irrigation projects like Dhom, Veer,Neera Devdhar, Dhom Balakavadi, Jihe Kathapur and medium irrigation projects like Kavathe Kenjal, Wasana & Wangana along with wells, ponds, rivers, and tube wells.

At present about 11.43lakh MT of surplus sugarcane is available in the command area. Due to excellent irrigation facilities in the command area, sugarcane potential is very good. Hence,

21 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. promoters expect the availability of required sugarcane of 8.00 lakh MT within 30 km radius with sustainable sugarcane development in the command area.

Also in view of shortage of power in the State of Maharashtra and with proposed increase in ethanol blending from 5% to10%,the promoters finalized on the bigger capacity of the said project. The promoters and farmers in the command area, having experience in sugar industry and sugar cane cultivation, were able to see the cane potential in the command area.

The current policies in Maharashtra and in India are conducive and backed by favorable regulatory framework for generation of eco-friendly power, as well as regarding support to private investment in such integrated project. The promoters also have acknowledged in depth, the socio-economic and environmental value addition of this integrated project to the local populace, region, State and the Country, as well as its win-win situation to all the stakeholders involved. Overall, the entire integrated project is proposed to be set up based on the stand-alone commercial viability of each component of the project, ensuring that the integration effort or synergy would enhance individual commercial viabilities of these stand-alone projects.

1.2 THE PROMOTERS AND PROJECT PREPAREDNESS ǤʹͶǯ management. For the last19years, he has been in automobile dealerships. He has experience in setting up & running of sugar mill ie. Fabtech Sugar Pvt. Ltd. at Mangalwedha ,Dist. Solapur in Maharashtra. Mr. Pawar started his career with the Sakal Group of newspapers, incharge of their printing operations in Mumbai. After a few years, he started his own business in automobile retail. He believes in giving people a lot of independence. He prefers them to learn while on the job His dynamic vision, hard work and determination saw him become a master of the extremely competitive trade of automobile retailing. His success and knowledge has earned him the ǯ ǣ ǡ ǡǡ-Nissan. Mrs. Sharmila Pawar has total experience of around 12 years in the commercial and administrative management in Sharayu Group. She is actively involved in setting up of all our Automobile dealerships. Mrs. Pawar is also chairperson of Baramati Mitra Mandal, a social service organization and President of Sharayu Foundation, philanthropic foundation of Sharayu Group.

22 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Ǥ ʹʹǯ General Management. His forte is leading operations for the group and managing Human Resource very successfully.

Mr. Patil started his career with Global Tele systems as a Management Trainee and then moved on to join the family business. He was empowered by the board the task of setting up the family business in Goa in both fronts in Logistics as well as Automobile retailing. Sharayu Group which had its presence only in Maharashtra also found a niche for themselves in Goa. Today we have our Presence in both north & south Goa and flagship store in Capital City of Panjim. ǯ adership qualities is thus of immense help for the growth of SAIL SAIL already has appointed a technical / managerial team of highly qualified engineers, contract & arbitration experts, agricultural officers and managerial personnel for implementation and operation of the captioned integrated project. To make the venture commercially viable and financially profitable, the capacity of the sugar plant is decided and fixed at 5000 TCD, cogeneration plant of 30 MW & 60 KLPD ethanol plant.

The suitability of the soil, increased irrigation facilities and previous experience of the farmers in cane growing will be helpful in developing the required area for cane plantation. The Cane trash will act as a support fuel for cogen power plant is easily available in the command area. 1.3 PROJECT IN BRIEF Sugar Mill (estimated capital investment of Rs. 135.89 crore) A sugar factory of 5000 TCD capacity with state of the art cane diffusion process & 5000 TCD capacity highly efficient & continuously operating boiling & sugar process houses, will be installed to manufacture good quality white plantation sugar. The sugar market in India is quite up-beat and is expected to continue for a foreseeable future. Command area has sugarcane availability with sugar recovery of about 12%. Cogen Power Plant (estimated capital investment of Rs. 128.60 crore) The cogen power project of 30 MW capacity will mainly operate on mill bagasse during 160 season days of the sugar mill and saved bagasse, cane trash & imported coal (in exigencies) for 65 days in off-season. At designed levels, it will generate about 152.28 million kWh and export about 117.43 million kWh through MSEDCL grid for sale to MSEDCL or to third party consumers, as per prevailing tariff. All steam and power requirements of the sugar mill, ethanol,

23 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. cogen auxiliaries and colony, both during season and off-season periods, will be met internally from the cogen power plant.

It will employ extra high pressure and temperature configuration (87 Kg/cm2 and 515 oC) Boiler (160 TPH) & steam turbine 30 MW-DEC =20MW BP+10MW DEC, as well as ESP for emission control and DCS control system for efficient operation.

The policy for sugar mill cogen plants, both at the Central Government and at the State, Government of Maharashtra are quite conducive. The MNRE has provided several financial incentives in terms of capital grants and interest subsidy till date and the same are likely to continue. The proposed project will be eligible for these incentives as well as other incentives like accelerated depreciation, income tax benefits, reduced import duties for renewable energy projects. Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency (IREDA) Ltd., the lending arm of MNRE, also provides term loan for these projects at soft terms. The present tariff offered by MERC is Rs. 6.27/kWh.

Ethanol Plant (estimated capital investment of Rs. 59.21 crore) Ethanol plant having capacity of 60 KLPD will be installed along with sugar and cogen power plant. Plant will operate for 300 days. Own molasses that is generated from the sugar factory will be used for 125 days and molasses required for balance 175 days will be procured from the nearby sugar factories. The Government of India has declared blending from 5% to 10%. Therefore, the demand of ethanol from is almost doubled. Also the rate of ethanol is good, which is around Rs. 38 - 41 per liter.

Seven stage evaporation technology will be used to reduce the spent wash generation from about 8 liters per liter of ethanol to 2.5 liters of ethanol in order to reduce pollution. Incineration type of boiler will be used to burn the concentrated spent wash with coal in boiler. 1.4 STUDY OBJECTIVE A. Objective The process of environmental impact analysis serves to meet the primary goal of Parliament in enacting Environment Policy Act, 1986 to establish a national policy in favor of protecting and restoring of protecting and restoring the environment. The primary objective of environment impact assessment is to disclose the environmental consequences of proposed action, thereby

24 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. altering the agency decision maker, the public, and ultimately parliament and the President to the environmental risk involved. An important and intended consequences of this disclosure is ǯ ǡ conscience of environmental considerations. B. Uses Environmental impact assessment should be undertaken for reasons other than to simply conform to the procedural requirements of the law. According to the letter of the law, environment must be assessed for activities with significant impact. However, the spirit of the law is founded on the premise, that to utilize resources in an environmentally compatible way and to protect and enhance the environment, it is necessary to know how activities will affect the environment and to consider these effects early enough so that changes in plans can be made if the potential impacts warrant them. EIA provide a vehicle for recording impacts of activities so that knowledge of what adverse changes may occur can be recollected and maintained. The purpose of inventory is to ensure disclosures of the impacts so that concerned institutions or individuals will be aware of possible repercussions of the subject activity. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MOEF APPROVAL Economic, social and environmental change is inherent to development. Whilst development aims to bring about positive change it can lead to conflicts. The promotion of economic growth as the motor for increased well being was the main development thrust with little sensitivity to adverse social or environmental impacts. The need to avoid adverse impacts and to ensure long term benefits led to the concept of sustainability. This has become accepted as essential feature of development if the aim of increased well being and greater equity in fulfilling basic needs is to be met for this and future generations. In order to predict environmental impacts of any development activity and to provide an opportunity to mitigate against negative impacts and enhance positive impacts, the environmental impact assessment is carried out. Moreover, sugar, co-generation power and distillery project proposed to be set up in the State of Maharashtra Government require environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forest, New Delhi based on Sept 2006 notification on environment impact assessment by Union Ministry of Environment and Forest vide No. SO 1533 subject to project is located within radius of ten km boundary of reserved forest reserved forest, ecologically sensitive area which may include National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, critically polluted area and interstate boundary shall require environmental clearance from Central Government. Hence

25 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

SAIL submitted an application for environmental clearance to Ministry of Environment and Forest for terms of reference approval for Sugar, Distillery and Cogen power project. The ToR was approved by Union Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change New Delhi vide letter no. J-11011/403 /2014 ȂIAII (I) dated March 31, 2015.

1.6 SUGAR INDUSTRY OVERVIEW & MAHARASHTRA The origin of Indian sugar industry dates back to 1930, when the first sugar factory was set up in the pre-independence era. Over the last76 years, the sugar industry has steadily grown and has become the backbone of the agricultural and rural economy in India. Today, sugar is the second largest agro processing industry, next to the textile industry. India is one of the largest producers of sugar in the world, with a production of over15 million tones. Sugar factories are located mostly in the rural India. They act as centers of development, provide largest direct employment in the rural areas and contribute substantially to the Central and State exchequers. The prospects of earning foreign exchange from export of sugar are also quite high. Sugar factories in India have capacities ranging from 1250 TCD to 10000 TCD. The Indian sugar industry has developed indigenous capabilities for design, manufacture, supply, operation and maintenance, R&D and cane development. The major stakeholders of this industry in India are Ministry of Agriculture, Govt. of India, Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution, federations of co-operative and private sector sugar factories at the national and the State levels, sugar cane growing farmers, equipment and technology suppliers, research institutions, consultants and service providers, financial institutions and Central / State Governments. A total of 703 sugar factories are in operation today, with additional sugar factories under implementation in different parts of the nation. The area under sugarcane cultivation, sugarcane production, sugarcane crushing in sugar factories, average season days, sugar recovery and sugar production have increased steadily over the years. The crop yield per hectare and recovery has improved, particularly in the last decade Sugar factories in India are spread over the entire country; however 92% of the mare located in 9 States viz.,Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Punjab and Haryana in the north, Maharashtra and Gujarat in the west and Maharashtra , Andhra Pradesh &Tamil Nadu in the south. More than 80% sugar factories are below 3500 TCD capacity and balance have higher capacities. About 44 % of the Indian Sugar factories are in the co operative 9 % in public sector & balance 47 % in the private sector. Following table shows distributions of sugar factories all over India Source: Sugar India Year book, 2014

26 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

States Public Private Co-op Total Assam - 1 2 3 Orissa - 4 4 8 West Bengal 1 1 - 2 Punjab - 8 16 24 Haryana - 3 13 16 Rajasthan 1 1 1 3 UttarPradesh 33 97 28 158 Uttarakhand 2 4 4 10 Madhya Pradesh 2 12 5 19 Chhattisgarh - - 3 3 Gujarat - 2 22 24 Maharashtra - 55 168 223 Bihar 15 13 - 28 AndhraPradesh 1 29 14 44 Maharashtra 3 45 24 72 Tamil Nadu 3 27 16 46 Puducherry - 1 1 2 Kerala - 1 1 2 Goa - - 1 1 Dadra Nagar & Haveli - - 1 1 Other 3 7 4 14 All India Total 64 311 328 703

27 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

The Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food & Public Distribution, and Government of India revised the standard specifications for sugar plant & equipment, in the year 1987. The special committee finalized specifications for economical capacity of 2500 TCD, expandable to 3500 TCD, employing higher-pressure boiler and turbine configuration and efficient equipment, with a potential to export incidental surplus power to the grid. The Indian sugar industry was de licensed in the year 1998 issued by the Government of India, Ministry of Industry, Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion, on August 31, 1998. The salient features of de licensing are as follows: a) The sugar industry stands deleted from the list of industries requiring compulsory licensing under the provisions of Industries Development and Regulation Act, 1951. However, in order to avoid unhealthy competition among sugar factories to procure sugarcane, a minimum distance of 15 km would continue to be observed between and existing sugar factory and a new factory, by exercise of powers under the Sugar Control Order, 1966. b) The entrepreneurs, who wish to de-license their sugar factory, would require filing an Industrial Entrepreneur Memoranda (IEM) with the secretariat of industrial assistance in the Ministry of Industry, as laid down for all de-licensed industries, in terms of the press note dated August 2, 1991, as amended from time to time. c) Entrepreneurs who have been issued Letter of Intent (LoI)for manufacture of sugar need not file an initial IEM. In such cases, the LoI holder shall only file Part B of the IEM at the time of commencement of commercial production against the LoI issued to them. It is however open to entrepreneurs to file an initial IEM (in lieu of LoI / industrial license held by them) if they so desire, whenever any variation from the conditions and parameters stipulated in the LoI / industrial license is contemplated. 1.7 ETHANOL SECTOR OVERVIEW 1.7.1 Industry Overview Molasses is one of byproducts of sugar industry which is used to produce rectified spirit/alcohol for making liquor and fuel. Traditionally, molasses has been used in India to produce rectified spirit and alcohol of higher than 95% purity for producing liquor for human consumption and for producing various chemicals. However, with technological developments in the recent past, molasses has been effectively used to produce bioethanol for blending with petrol as a fuel. 1.7.2 Global Scenario Brazil is the second largest producer of ethanol globally after U.S. While U.S. produces ethanol

28 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. from corn, Brazil manufactures ethanol from sugarcane. Brazil has mandatory blending ratio of ethanol in gasoline ranging from 18% to 25%. The blend rate was as high as 25% before September 2011 and was reduced to 20% due to drop in cane output hence affecting the ethanol production. Currently, flex-fuel cars, which can use either ethanol or blended gasoline, ͷ͵Ψ ͻͲΨ ǯǤ The proportion of the flex-fuel cars are expected to cross 80% by 2020. Currently, the Brazilian light vehicle fleet has been increasing by 6.7% y-o-y since 2003 with currently 90% of the new vehicles being flex-fuel cars. Thus, there exists an increasing demand in Brazil for ethanol which is encouraging for the sugarcane industry. 1.7.3 Indian Scenario India has 330 distilleries, which produce over 4 billion litres of rectified spirit (alcohol) a year. Of the total distilleries, about 120 distilleries have the capacity to distillate 1.8 billion litres (an additional annual ethanol production capacity of 365 million litres was built up in the last three years) of conventional ethanol per year which is sufficient to meet requirement for 7-8% ethanol blending with petrol. Total ethanol production increased from 1,435 million litres in 2009-10 to 1,934 million litres in 2010-11 on account of higher sugarcane and sugar production and the estimated ethanol production in 2011-12 is pegged at 2,130 million litres. Ethanol consumption increased from 1,780 million litres in 2009-10 to 2,010 million litres in 2010-11, owing to improved molasses supply and steady ethanol demand from competing industries. 1.8 SUGARCANE POTENTIAL IN COMMAND AREA SAIL, sensing the good opportunity to establish in sugar and power sectors along with ethanol in the district of Satara, has approached MITCON for conducting the cane survey in the area related to the proposed sugar factory and assess the feasibility of cane availability on a long term basis. In the light of the new sugar policy, with almost total decontrol, the cane command area of the proposed sugar factory is expected to fall in Command area of Phaltan and nearby tehsils like Khandala, Koregaon, Wai in the Satara district and Baramati from Pune district. However, SAIL needs to consider economics of the sugarcane transport if they want to procure cane from neighboring districts. Hence, the study has been restricted to the cane command area falling under above-mentioned area of Satara district in general. Evaluation has been also made for the area falling within in and around 30 Km from the existing factory sites. This will provide SAIL flexibility to decide the capacity of the plant.

29 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Command area lies in the south-western part of the District. The proposed factory site is located at Kapshi village in Phaltan tehsil, is at a distance of 25 km from the Phaltan city, a tehsil headquarter. It is at a distance of about 45 km from the Satara city, which is a district headquarters. The nearest railway station is at Wathar (18 km). The nearest air port is Pune, which is at a distance of 122 km from SAIL site at Kapshi. Satara district is well known for its cane cultivation and sugar production. Black soil available in the district is suited for any kind of cultivation and the area is blessed with adequate irrigation facilities. This district and Phaltan tehsil in particular is famous for its rich agricultural production, as it is situated near Nira River. The major river in the district is Krishna. Koyana, Venna, Kudali, Urmodi, Yerala and Tarali are its tributaries. Nira is important river which flows on the north border in the command area. The Krishna flows through the centre of the district. Koyana is biggest tributary of Krishna. Koyana meets Krishna in Karad city. Nira river, tributary of Bhima flows on the north border. An area of about 348974 hectares is under irrigation in the district from various sources. Total area under irrigation under canals & wells is 65221 ha & 113364 ha, respectively. The area under minor, medium & major irrigation project within Satara district is 16666 ha, 5738 ha & 147985 ha, respectively. Total land under irrigation in the command area (Phaltan, Khandala, Wai, Koregaon & Baramati tehsils) is around 214504 ha out of total cultivated area. Major sources for irrigation are mainly canals and major irrigation projects like Dhom, Veer, Neera Devdhar, Dhom Balakavadi, Jihe Kathapur and medium irrigation projects like Kavathe Kenjal, Wasana & Wangana along with wells, ponds, rivers, and tube wells. Traditionally, this region has been a Jowar, Wheat, Maize, Tur, Groundnut and Sugarcane growing belt. Jowar, Tur, Sugarcane and Maize are the main Khariff crops while Jowar, Wheat, and Gram (Harbara) are the Rabbi crops. The climatic conditions and rainfall in this area are ideally suited for their growth and hence these crops have a high yield of growth in the region. Additionally, the rainfall and irrigation are also adequate for the growth of these crops. Sugarcane contributes about 13.80% as major crop after Jowar (31.96%) & Bajra (14.45%). Soyabean, paddy, wheat, maize, gram & other crops constitutes approximately 40% of the crops grown in district. During the field study it is observed that farmers are interested in cultivating sugarcane more because of the cash crop. These farmers are willing to grow sugarcane as it offers better returns per hectare.

Satara is one of the major districts in Maharashtra in sugar industry. There are 11 operating

30 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. sugar factories in this district having installed crushing capacity of 35750 MT/day. Annual crushing for season 2013-14 was 61.22 lakh MT at the average recovery of 11.90%. Sugarcane is one of the major crops in Satara district. About 69999 hectares of the total average land is under cultivation of sugarcane in sowing season 2013-14 which is around 13.80% of the total land under major crops cultivation in the district.

During the field visit it was observed that at present six operating & two proposed sugar factories are available in the command area.

From climatic data of the region, it is observed that the maximum and minimum temperatures and relative humidity are quite favorable for growing of sugarcane and for higher recovery. The yields of the different varieties of the cane vary, depending on agro-climatic conditions and water availability, from year to year. On an average the yield is expected to be around 89 MT/Ha.

The command area comprises of five tehsils Phaltan, Koregaon, Khandala & Wai from Satara district and Baramati from Pune distirct. The total area under sugarcane cultivation of these five tehsils is 51091 ha, with total sugarcane production of 4870939 MT. The command area of SAIL comprises of six operating sugar mills & two proposed as shown below. The total crushing capacity of six operating mills is 17300 TCD, with total cane crushing of 27.68 lakh MT at 100% capacity utilization. While the crushing capacity of two proposed sugar mills is 6000 TCD, with cane crushing of 9.60 lakh MT at 100% capacity utilization. Considering the cane requirement for 5000 TCD average capacity, for maximum 160 days of crushing will require about 8.00 lakh MT of sugarcane at 100% PLF. The surplus cane that is available for the proposed sugar mills will be about 11.43 lakh MT. In order to get better sugar recovery the ideal ratio of Early, Mid late and Late maturing varieties should be 40:40:20. In the proposed area of SAIL, this should be encouraged so that farmers, who plant the late maturing varieties, are given necessary incentives. It is always advisable for the promoters of the proposed sugar factory to have their own cane fields. Also friends and supporters should also be made to grow cane. This will induce confidence in other farmers for cane growing, as it will show that the management can prove that cane growing is commercially more viable than other crops and that it will fetch the

31 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. farmers a good price. To ensure that the farmers who grow cane get the right type of seed, it is recommended that the proposed sugar factory have a nursery of their own. Apart from providing seeds, the nursery can be used for growing newer and better varieties of cane and then the seed of these newer varieties can be provided to the farmers. To encourage farmers and assure continuous and assured supply of cane from them, it is recommended that SAIL should supply all inputs like seed cane, fertilisers etc. to farmers through bank loans, by issuing suitable guarantees for recovery of bank loans. It is recommended that SAIL should also sponsor cane development schemes on its own and / or with the help the farmers in its command area, for availing financial assistance. This will help SAIL in ensuring assured availability of cane, on a long-term basis. It is concluded that the command area has very good availability and potential for sugarcane cultivation and will have surplus cane availability of 11.43 lakh MT/annum of sugarcane. 1.9. OUTLINE OF EIA REPORT A brief outline of the report is presented as under- Chapter 1 Introduction This chapter provides information on legislation, Basic Environment Policy, Objective of the study, Project Background, Essentiality of the project and Methodology of EIA study. Chapter 2 Project Details Project description includes, process technology and specification of the project, description of the plant operations with infra structure and support services. Chapter 3 Environment Baseline Status This chapter presents the location details and findings of baseline status undertaken for various environmental attributes like metrology, air, soil, noise, demography and socio- economic from secondary data as collected on above parameters and also for ecology, land use, geology etc. Chapter 4 Environment Impact Prediction and Mitigation This chapter incorporates Environment Impact Prediction of proposed industrial activity wherein the Impact action on parameters like air, water, soil, Noise, Land Use, Flora and Fauna, Human Settlement , Infra structure, Employment . Chapter 5 Environment Impact Analysis

32 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

This chapter describes the method of impact analysis like Matrix and Check list method. This chapter also provides qualitative score of positive and negative impact on various environment parameters. Chapter 6 Environment Management Plan This chapter provides the recommendation for environment plan aimed at minimizing the negative impacts of the various project activity. The details mitigation measures are described for all the likely adverse impact on the environment due to the project. Chapter 7 Post project Environment Monitoring Program This chapter relates to the monitoring activities of air, water, noise, and soil pollution in at project site and buffer zone. Chapter 8 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan Annexures

33 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DETAILS

34 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

2.0 SALIENT FEATURES OF PROJECT 1 Name of Company and project Location M/s Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. Factory Site: At Kapshi, Tehsil : Phaltan, District : Satara, Maharashtra. 2 Constitution &Type Public limited company 3 Products Sugar, Ethanol & Power 4 Geocodes 170 ͷ͸ǯ͵ʹǤͷͲǳ͹Ͷ0 ͳͷǯͳ͸ǤͷͲǳ 5 Distance from nearest town / city Phaltan, 25 Km 6 Distance from nearest airport Pune, 112 Km 7 Distance from nearest Railway Station Wathar, 18 Km 8 Distance from nearest water source Nira Cannel,12 Km 9 Distance from nearest MSEDCL EHV 14 Km, Phaltan at 132 kV substation Substation 10 Installed Capacities of the Integrated Project 5000TCD (22 hrs basis) SugarPlant 60 KPLD(300 Operating days) Ethanol Plant 30.00 MW installed capacity CogenPower Plant 19.77 MW (Avg. exportable power, Season 160days) 26.60 MW (Avg. exportable power, Off Season 65 days)

2.0.1 Project Cost Sr. Particulars Sugar Co-gen Ethanol Total No 1 Land 400 240 160 800 2 Site Development 112 52 36 200 3 Civil works & Buildings 1887 1754 1020 4661

4 Indigenous Plant and 8885 9281 3918 22084 Machinery 5 Miscellaneous Fixed 390 350 220 960 Assets 6 Prelim &Preoperative 995 931 434 2360 Expenses 7 Contingencies 190 189 87 466 8 Working Capital Margin 730 63 46 839 Total 13589 12860 5921 32370

35 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

2.2 BREAK UP OF LAND TO BE UTILIZED FOR PROJECT Area in Sr.No. Particular Area in sq.m Sq.m 1 Total land of Lokmanya Sugar 312000 A Total land of Lokmanya Sugar NA 127400 B Toatl Lokmanya Plant set up 53611 Total land for Gound Storage C Resevoir 6000 A-B-C 67789

D Total Colony first phase 7000 Total proposed land under E Greenery 60000 Seed Nursary and other F plantation 45000 G Total approx vacant land 72600 Total=A+D+E+F+G 312000 2.2.1 Detailed landuse for integrated project A - SUGAR PLANT Sr Description Size in Meter Area in Sqm No

1 Security Cabin 8 x 4 32.00 2 Weigh Bridge 60Ton 2 Nos x 15 x 30 900.00 10 Ton 2 Nos x 10 x 15 300.00 Cane Carrier Feeder table, 94 x14 1,316.00 3 Kicker, Leveler, Fiberizer, Cross Carrier 4 Diffuser 75 x10 750.00 5 Mill House 24 x24 and 6 x18 684.00 6 Molasses Tanks 2 nos Dia 27.5 1,187.31 7 Main Building Evaporation, Pan, Sugar House, 200 x35 7,000.00 8 Power House 9 ETP 60 x30 1,800.00 Clarifier, Sulfur Burner, Lime 30 x15 450.00 10 stacker 11 Water storage 75 x100 7,500.00 12 Godown no 1 sugar storage 102 x43 4,386.00 13 Godown no 2 sugar storage 73 x60 4,380.00 14 Admin office 20 x 70 1,400.00 15 Industrial Worker colony area 7,000.00 Total Area In Sqm 39,053.31

36 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

B- Cogen Plant Sr Description Size in Meter Area in Sqm No 1 Boiler House 90 x30 2,700.00 Chimeny , ESP Etc 20 x10 and Dia 5.5 223.75 2 m 3 Baggase Yard 30 x 50 1,500.00 4 Switch yard 30 x100 3,000.00 5 Pannel Room 2 Nos 15 x 28 840.00 6 Cooling tower 2 Nos 28 x13 728.00 7 WTP 30 x60 1,800.00 Total Area In Sqm 10791.7463 C- Distillery Plant Sr Description Size in Meter Area in Sqm No

1 Security Office 5 x 3 15.00 2 Parking 15 x 7 105.00 3 Excise office 10 x4 40.00 4 Admin office 10 x 15 150.00 5 Storage Area 60 x 40 2,400.00 6 Fermentation Area 40 x 25 1,000.00 7 Distillation Area 25 x 15 375.00 8 Evaporation Area 20 x 10 200.00 9 Cooling Tower - Fermentation 2 nos 6 x10 120.00 10 Cooling tower - Distillation 10 x 15 150.00 11 Water Storage 12 x 10 120.00 12 Incineration Boiler 80 x30 2,400.00 13 Spent wash Lagoon 48 x 30 1,440.00 14 CPU 48 x 30 1,440.00 15 Panel Room 12 x 10 120.00 16 Molasses Storage Tank Dia 30 706.50 Total Area In Sqm 10,766.50

2.3 APPROACH & INTERNAL ROADS The site is located adjacent to the State highway, with approach road already existing and thereby not requiring any additional approach road. Required internal roads for movement of men and material will have to be constructed within the plant area. The proposed site is ideal for the proposed integrated sugar, cogen power and ethanol project, due to following reasons: x Required land is available at the project site and is owned by SAIL x The site is easily accessible by Phaltan to Satara road

37 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

x The command area has huge potential for the sugar cane because of the huge irrigation potential in the command area and the farmers have intensive experience in sugar cane cultivation. x The site is near to the Nira cannel which is about 12 Km from the proposed factory premises. x The cane potential and irrigation facilities in the command area are excellent and will ensure sustained cane availability for the proposed project. x The off season non-fossil fuel requirements for the cogen power plant can be easily met by imported coal. The evacuation of exportable surplus power from the cogen plant will have to be made through the substation (132 kV) of MSEDCL, which is 15 km away from the site. 2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE The site has easy access to latest communication and other social infrastructure facilities, including telecommunication, schools and colleges, medical & health facilities, commercial infrastructure, etc. at Phaltan city, which is a Tehsil Headquarter. The pattern of rainfall in the Satara district is almost uniform, with average rainfall of about 522 mm / year. The average annual rainfall in Phaltan Tehsil is 456 mm, with an average 38 major rainy days. The rainy season mainly ranges between middle of June to September. The ground water in the area of operation is re-charged every year and is excellent throughout the year. The temperatures in the command area are conducive to sugarcane cultivation and have been proved by existing yield, as well as recovery of sugarcane. The maximum and minimum temperatures respectively are 38 o C in summer and 11 C in winter. The construction power can be easily made available from MSEDCL. The process steam required at 8 kg/cm2 for ethanol plant and the cogen plant and 2.5 kg/cm2 for the sugar plant during season will be supplied by the cogen power plant. The high pressure, medium pressure and low-pressure steam required for cogen auxiliaries will also be met. The power requirement for sugar process during season, for cogen auxiliaries and colony will have to be met from the cogen plant. The steam and power cycle has been designed accordingly. The cogeneration plant requires compressed air, both for instrumentation and for servicing, which is generated by installing the air compressors of the required capacity, as part of the cogen power plant.

38 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

2.5 MANPOWER The skilled manpower required for operation of sugar, ethanol and co-gen power plants will be easily available from Phaltan city and also from Satara. SAIL will require about 445 people for operation of proposed integrated project. SAIL is in a process of appointing required manpower and has already appointed key top management positions for the purpose. Organization Chart is present in the Annexure T. 2.6 WATER REQUIREMENT Unit Quantity m3/day Sugar 500 Cogeneration unit 620 Distillery 432 Domestic 40 Total 1592 The source of water is Nira Canal which is located at 12 Km from project site. 2.7 RAW MATERIALS 2.7.1 SUGAR PLANT The proposed sugar plant of 5000 TCD will require about 8.00 lakh MT of sugarcane for 160 days crushing season, including sugarcane required for seeding purposes. About 11.43 lakh MT sugarcane is already available within the command area of the proposed factory site. The irrigation & climatic conditions are quite conducive. Considering this situation & long term cane development program being adopted by SAIL, the proposed project will not have any difficulty for making the required sugar cane available for crushing for the proposed capacity & even further expansion 2.7.2 COGEN POWER PLANT As indicated in the steam / power cycle design, the total bagasse available from the sugar mill, from cane crushing of 8.00 lakh MT, as fuel, will be 2,33,600 MT after bagacillo & handling losses. Out of this, 2,21,414 MT (57.66 TPH x 24 x 160) will be utilized by the cogen plant boiler during season, leaving saved bagasse of about 12186 MT for the off season operation. Total bagasse requirement for the off-season is 78,629 MT (50.40TPH). Out of which 12186 MT saved bagasse will be utilized, leaving net bagasse requirement of 66,443 MT. The use of biomass materials like cane trash available in the command area can meet this requirement. The net equivalent cane trash required for off-season operation has been worked at 21437 MT. The imported coal equivalent bagasse will be used in exigencies upto 15% of total annual requirement which works out at 45007 MT. The actual quantities of cane trash & imported coal required will be 14616 MT & 18412 MT, respectively.

39 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Procurement of raw materials for off-season operation of the cogen power plant must become a line function of cogen plant operation with appointment of Fuel Manager and competent field staff for the purpose. The detailed biomass assessment survey was carried out. It is seen that huge quantity of cane trash to the tune of 2.14 lakh MT can be easily procured & made available for off-season operation of the proposed cogen power plant. Considering the requirement & availability, SAIL will not have any difficulty in procuring cane trash. Energy plantation on wasteland in the command area will also be evaluated and implemented for long-term fuel linkage for the proposed cogen power plant. Therefore, no difficulty envisaged in getting fuel for cogen plant for 225 days of operation. 2.7.3 ETHANOL PLANT Ethanol plant will be operated for 300 days a year. The total molasses required for the operation at 100% capacity utilization will be 76596 MT. At 4.00% on cane the net molasses generated from the sugar factory will be 32,000MT. The outside molasses required therefore will be 44596 MT. Own molasses will be sufficient for 125 days of operation. For balance 175 days molasses will be procured from nearby sugar factories. 2.8 PROJECT CONCEPT, DESIGN & KEY PARAMETERS 2.8.1 SUGAR PLANT The objectives of the sugar plant of the proposed integrated project are mainly to manufacture quality sugar for national & international markets at optimum operating and energy efficiencies, as well as provide raw materials for cogen power plant. The integrated project will push the product, which has highest realization in the market. The design of the sugar mill would match the latest and modern technologies, being employed for the cogen power plant. At the same time, the flexibility of operation, expansion and diversification, also will be available. To meet the objectives indicated above, the sugar plant of the integrated agro energy project will have special emphasis on following: x Highest mill extraction efficiency (more than 97%) and low power consumption x Lowest steam consumption for the boiling house, lowest boiling house losses and reduction in capital cost x Lowest power consumption (less than 21 kWh / TCH for electrified fibrizor and mill drives) x Lowest raw water consumption (practically nil) Lowest effluent discharge (practically nil) Lowest labour cost and chemical consumptions Highest sugar recovery (more than 12%

40 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

on cane) and sugar quality The main parameters of cane crushed from 3rd year onwards will be as follows: x Pol % cane, average 14.5% x Recovery, average 12 % on cane x Fibre, average 14.5 % on cane x Bagasse generation, average 30 % on cane x Bagasse moisture, average 48% x Molasses, 4.00% on cane The design parameters of the proposed modern sugar plant have been indicated in the following table: Capacity / hr, TCH 227.27 Capacity / day, on 22 hrs basis, TCD 5000 Average season days, nos. 160 Bagasse generation (30% on cane), TPH, @ 68.18 50% moisture Bagasse available as fuel (29.2% on cane), 66.36 TPH Sugar produced (avg. 12% recovery), MT 96000 (@ designed capacity level) Sugar quality ICUMSA color at 420 nm, <100, moisture max.0.01 % Cane preparatory index 90 + Imbibition water % fibre 250 + Maceration % cane 30.00 Mixed juice % cane 100 Primary pol extraction, % 75 Mill extraction, % 95 Reduced mill extraction, % 96.00+ Reduced boiling house extraction, % 91.00+ Total sugar loss, % cane Max 2.0 Process steam required, TPH LP steam at 2.5 kg/cm2 (40% on cane) 90.91 Process power consumption at 21 kWh / TCH 4.77 Molasses production (4.00% on cane), MT 800000 X 4.0% = 32000 MT (@ designed capacity level)

41 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

2.8.2 Cogen Power Plant

The cogen power plant will have installed capacity of 30 MW and will employ 87 kg/cm2 and 515 o C configurations. Bagasse generated from cane crushing, excluding handling losses and bagacillo requirements will be available for operation of the high-pressure boiler during season of 160 days. Saved bagasse, cane trash as well as imported coal, will be used during the off-season period of about 65 days. The auxiliary steam consumption for the power plant will be for soot blowing and other auxiliary consumptions like Steam Jet Air Ejector (SJAE) & Gland Steam Condenser (GSC) at high pressure, for HP heater at medium pressure and for de-aerator at low pressure. The auxiliary power consumption for the power plant will be about 9% & 9.5% of generation during both seasons and off-season periods. The colony power requirement will be met by the cogen power plant, both during season and off season periods. The brief design parameters for the cogen power plant will be as follows: Boiler capacity, TPH 1 x 160 Pressure, kg/cm2 87.00 Temperature, C 515 Turbine capacity, MW 30 Turbine type Double extraction - cum condensing Season operation, days 160 Off season operation, days 65 Operating hours of power plant 24 hours basis Fuels used for season operation Bagasse Fuels used for off season operation Saved bagasse, cane trash & coal Boiler efficiency, % - On bagasse / bio-mass / cane trash 70.00, 2 - On imported coal 80.00, 2 Feed water temperature, C 165 Captive power consumption, % of generation - Season - Off- season Turbo-generator efficiency, % 96.00 Utilization level, % 70 in 1st year, 80 in 2nd year d

42 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

While, the steam and power cycle design has been worked out as follows, the heat and mass balances during crushing and non crushing days, balances of steam, water & condensate, fuel & power. Sr. No. Item Unit Value Season Operation 1 Avg. cane crushing TCD 5000 2 Gross season days nos. 180 3 Net season days nos. 160 4 Hrs. / day nos. 22 5 Normal cane crushing TCH 227.27 6 Cane crushed Lakh MT 8.00 7 Bagasse generation % cane 30 8 Bagasse generation TPH 68.18 9 Bagasse for bagacillo / handling loss % cane 0.80 TPH 1.82 10 Bagasse available for new boilers TPH 66.36 11 Total equivalent bagasse available for new TPH 66.36 boilers MT 233600 12 Bagasse saved for off season MT 12186 13 Bagasse used by new boilers Kg steam / 2.48 kg 14 Bagasse used by new boilers TPH 57.66 MT 221414 15 Steam generation TPH 143.00 16 Steam consumption TPH 16.1 HP steam @ for SJAE & GSC 0.50 0.72 16.2 MP steam @ 8 kg/cm2 Distillery / ethanol plant 0 HP heater I 9.00 7 D/s water addition 2.00 0.26 Sub-total 1 16.3 LP steam @ 2.5 kg/cm2 Sugar process % cane 40.00 1 De-aerator 5.00 7.15 D/s water addition 2.00 1.96 Sub-total 96.10 16.4 Condensing steam 7 16.5 Total 0

43 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

17 Power generation MW 5.21 7 18 Power consumption MW - Sugar process kWh/TCH 21.00 4.77 - Colony 0.10 - Distillery / ENA / ethanol 0.35 - Cogen auxiliaries 9.00 2.47 - Total 7.69 19 Power export MW 7 MUs on 24 hrs basis

20 Total no. of days / year nos. 225 Off Season Operation 21 Off-season fuel requirement TPH 22 Total no. of off season days nos. 65 23 No. of hrs / day nos. 24

24 Steam generation TPH 25 Steam consumption TPH 26.1 HP steam @ for SJAE & GSC 0.50 0.63 26.2 MP steam @ 8 kg/cm2 Distillery/ethanol

Sr. Item Unit Value No. -HP heater I 10.00 12.50 - D/s water 2.00 0.53 - Total 25.97 26.3 LP steam @ 2.5 kg/cm2 - De-aerator 7.00 8.75 - D/s water 2.00 0.18 - Total 8.58 26.4 Condensing steam 89.83 26.5 Total 125.00 27 Power generation MW 4.17 30.00 28 Power consumption MW - Cogen auxiliaries 9.50 2.85 - Sugar process 0.10 - Distillery / ENA / ethanol 0.35 - Colony 0.10 - Total 3.40 29 Power export - MW 26.60

44 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

- MUs 41.50 30 Boiler size (87 kg/cm2 & 515 deg C) TPH 1 160 31 TG size (85 kg/cm2 & 510 deg C) MW 1 30

2.8.2.1 Water & Condensate Balances While steam, power and bagasse balances both for season and off season operations of the cogen power plant have been indicated further in this chapter, the water and condensate balances are given in the following table: Item Value, TPH Season Off season Condensate return from sugar process 86.36 0 Condensate from Steam to de-aerator 7.15 8.75 Blow down flash recovery 0.72 0.63 Condensate from condenser 19.57 89.83 Make up water from DM plant 19.7 14.72 Condensate from HP heater 12.87 12.50 Flow from de-aerator 146.39 126.43

2.8.2.2 Bagasse / Fuel Balance The bagasse and fuel balances are indicated in the following table Sr. Item Value No. Season Off season 1. Crushing rate, TCH 227.27 2. Bagasse generation at 30.0% on cane, TPH 68.18 3. Bagacillo/handling loss at 0.8% on cane, TPH 1.82 4. Bagasse available as fuel at 29.2% on cane, 66.36 TPH,MT (233600) 5. Bagasse consumed by new boilers, TPH (MT) 57.66 50.40 (221414) (78629) 7. Bagasse saved / available for off season 12186 operation, MT 8 Cane Trash requirement, MT (Equivalent bagasse) 21437 9 Imported coal requirement, (MT) (Equivalent 45007 bagasse) 10. Actual cane trash requirement, MT 14616 11. Actual Imported coal requirement, (MT) 18412 12 Saved Bagasse days 10 13 Days on Imported Coal 37 14 Days on cane trash 18

45 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

2.8.2.3 Power Balance Following table gives the power balance for the season and off-season:

Sr.no Item Value, MW Season Off

1. Power generation, MW 27.47 30.00 2. Power consumption, MW - Sugar process (@ 21 kW / TCH 4.77 0.10 - Colony 0.10 0.10 - Ethanol Plant 0.35 0.35 - Cogeneration auxiliaries 2.47 2.85 - Total 7.69 3.40 3. Power export, MW 19.77 26.60 4. Power export at design capacity level, MU 75.93 41.50 5. Total, season + off season MU at design levels 117.43 Based on the qualification criteria of the topping cycle under the MERC tariff order, the eligibility of the proposed project in season has been worked out as under:

Sr. No. Item Value 1. Net Energy Input (A), M Kcal/hr 129.74 (57.66 TPH x 2250 kcal/kg) 2. Electrical power output (B), M 23.62 Kcal/hr (27.47 MW x 860 kcal/kWh) 3. Useful thermal output (C) (energy in 69.77 the process), M Kcal/hr (90.91TPH x 659 kcal/kg + 14 TPH X 704.5 kcal/kg ) 4. Total energy output (B+ C), M 93.40 kcal/hr 5. 20% of total energy output (D), M 18.68 kcal/hr 6. Evaluation condition (C D) Yes 7. Efficiency, % (B+C/2 / A) 45.10 Note: Hence, the proposed project is eligible under the MERC tariff order and qualifies under the same 2.8.2.4 Key performance parameters The key performance parameters for the cogen power plant are given below: Sr. No. Description Value

1 Steam Generator efficiency, % 70± 2 on bagasse / cane trash & 80 ±2 on Imported coal 2 Steam to Fuel Ratio, kg bagasse / 2.48 kg 3 DEC Turbine efficiency, % +90% 4 Average Steam to Power Ratio, kg /

46 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

kW Season 5.21 Off-Season 4.17 5 Auxiliary Power consumption, MW (%) Season 2.47 (9.00) Off-Season 2.85 (9.50) 6 Power Generation / Export SeasonȂȀǯ Generation 27.47 / 105.48 Export 19.77 / 75.93 Off-seasonȂȀǯ 30.00 / 46.80 Generation Export 26.60 / 41.50 Annual Total - ǯ 152.28 Generation Export 117.43 7 Exportable Surplus power (% Generation) Season 71.99 Off-season 88.67 Total 77.11

2.8.3 Ethanol Plant The proposed ethanol plant will have manufacturing capacity of 60 KLPD. The ethanol plant will be operated using steam and power that will be generated from the integrated project. Ethanol plant will operate on molasses as feed stock during season and on saved / purchased molasses as feed stock during off-season. With 42% fermentable sugar in molasses one ton of molasses, will yield 235 lit of total ethanol. Molasses required per day is worked out in the following table 2.8.4 Spent wash fired Boiler for Distillery Spent wash will be concentrated in MEE (Multiple Effect Evaporator) and concentrated spent wash will be incinerated in incineration boiler to achieve zero discharge. No effluent from distillery will be discharged outside the factory premises. Condensate water, effluent from utility and treated spentlees will be treated in effluent treatment plant (ETP) and treated effluent will be reused as dilution water for fermentation, cooling tower and boiler make up. Spentwash will be generated during the distillery operation. This spentwash will be taken to MEE & further concentrated spentwash will be fired in the 28 TPH boiler along with the coal by spraying 6.38 m3/hr of spentwash on the 2.70 T/hr imported coal to achive zero discharge to the plant . The energy /power generation at the boiler will be utilizing inside the distillery operation itself.

47 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Due to this operation 15 -16 % of ash will be generated from the imported coal. This bottom ash will further take to composting & dust emission will be by controlled by ESP with 99.2 %. The 0.8 % of fly ash will release from the 60 m stack provided to the boiler. 2.8.4.1 Incineration A waste treatment technology, which includes the combustion of waste for recovering energy, is ǲ ǳǤ Incineration coupled with high temperature waste treatments are recognized as thermal treatments. During the process of incineration, the waste material that is treated is converted in to IBM, gases, particles and heat. These products are later used for generation of electricity. The gases, flue gases are first treated for eradication of pollutants before going in to atmosphere. Among waste-to-energy technologies, incineration stands taller. Other technologies are gasification, PDG, anaerobic digestion and Pyrolysis. Sometimes Incineration is conducted without the reason for recovering energy. In past, incineration was conducted without separating materials thus causing harm to environment. This un-separated waste was not free from bulky and recyclable materials, even. This resulted in risk for plant workers health and environment. Most of such plants and incinerations never generate electricity. Incineration reduces the mass of the waste from 95 to 96 percent. This reduction depends upon the recovery degree and composition of materials. This means that incineration however, does not replace the need for landfilling but it reduced the amount to be thrown in it. 2.8.4.2 Technology A. Incinerators and their types: Incinerator can be understood more precisely as a furnace where waste is burnt. Modern incinerators are equipped with pollution improvement systems, which play their part in cleaning up the Flue gas and such toxicants. Following are the types of plants for burning waste: B. Moving Grate: The incineration plant used for treating coal and concentrated spent wash on moving grate. This grate is capable for hauling waste from combustion chamber to give way for complete and effective combustion. A single such plant is capable for taking in 18.75metric ton of spent wash every hour for treatment. Moving grates are more precisely known as incinerators of solid waste. This waste is poured in the grate with a help of carrier from and opening or throat. From here, the waste has to move towards the ash pit. Waste is further treated and water locks wash out

48 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. ash from it. Air is then flown through the waste and this blown air works for cooling down the grate. Some of grates are cooled with help of water. Air is blown through the boiler for another time but this time comparatively faster than before. This air helps in complete burning of the flue gases with the introduction of turmoil leading to better mixing and excess of oxygen. In some grates, the combustion air at fast speed is blown in separate chamber. Waste incineration Directive is of the view that an incineration plant must be designed so that operating worker must know that flue gases are reaching the temperature of eight fifty degrees centigrade within two seconds. This would ensure complete and required breakdown of toxins of organic nature. In order to achieve this every time backup auxiliary burners must be installed. C. Rotary-kiln: Industries generally use this sort of incinerator. This incinerator consists of two chambers i.e. primary and secondary chamber. D. Fluidized Bed: In this sort of incineration, air is blown at high speed over a sand bed. The air gets going through the bed when a point come where sand granules separates and let air pass through them and here comes the part of mixing and churning. Therefore, a fluidized bed comes in to being and fuel and waste are then can be introduced. The sand along with the pretreated fuel or waste is kept suspended and is pumped through the air currents. The bed is thus mixed violently and is uptight while small inert particles are kept suspended in air in form of fluid like form. This let the volume of the waste, sand and fuel to be circulated throughout the furnace, completely.

2.8.4.2 Specialized incineration: When it comes to the furniture factory for incineration of the waste, they need to take special precautions, as they have to handle inflammable material. For this purpose, they have incinerators, which are installed with burn back prevention systems and are very much necessary for the dust suspensions when they are more able to catch up the fire. A Use of Heat: The heat that is produced by an incinerator can be used for generating steam, which is used for driving a turbine in order to produce electricity. The typical amount as is produced by Municipal waste per ton is 2/3 MWh for electricity and two MWh for heating.

49 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

2.8.4.3 Pollution Incineration is conducted with a number of outputs, which include ash and flue gas emission. Before the flue gas cleaning systems were introduced, the flue gas has to move to atmosphere thus leading to pollution. 2.9 MASS BALANCE OF INTEGRATED UNIT (i) Sugar Plant Crushing capacity per day 5000 tons sugar cane --> 1500 tonnes baggase + 525 tonnes crystal sugar + 2500 tonnes (moisture) + 200 tonnes (press mud) + 200 tonnes molasses (ii) Distillery plant Chemistry

C6H12O6 (Glucose) --> 2C2H5OH + 2CO2 180 --> 92 + 88 1 ton of molasses = 45 % sugar (Glucose) Therefore,

450 kg of sugar = 247 kg (litr) Alcohol + 203 kg CO2 In a year 76595 ton of molasses used as raw material = 34467 ton of sugar (glucose)

34467 Tons Sugar (Glucose) --> 18000 Tons KL of alcohol + 16000 Ton of CO2. 2.10 UTILITIES & CONSUMABLES Water and power are the main utilities required for operating the integrated project. Water will be drawn from Nira Cannel the source of water at a distance of about 12 km from the site. Therefore no difficulty envisaged in terms of availability of water required for the proposed sugar complex. Power required for construction and in case of shut down of plant will be drawn from the MSEDCL grid. The consumables required for operation of sugar plant include sugar bags, laboratory and ETP chemicals, oils / lubricants and other chemicals for the machinery and processing, etc. The consumables indicated above will be available in substantial quantities from nearby Phaltan city, and no difficulty will be envisaged.

50 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

CHAPTER 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT

51 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

3.0 INTRODUCTION: This chapter incorporates description of the existing environmental status within an area encompassed by a circle of 10 Km radius around the factory of Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd., at Kapashi, Tal: Phalatan, Dist : Satara. The baseline environmental status is important to understand region's existing physical, biological, cultural and social environmental characteristics. Information and data presented in this section is based on primary surveys and environmental quality monitoring, secondary data collected from various departments and prior studies undertaken on the subject. The information on the baseline environmental conditions forms the basis to analyse the probable impacts of the proposed hydropower activities vis-a-vis the present background environmental quality of the core study area. The survey of major environmental attributes in the study area of 10 Km radius from the project site is carried out as an essential step in EIA study as a baseline status. This will be the basis of impact prediction on these environmental set up on establishment of the project. Primary data were collected based on observation and measurements made during the field survey carried out in the month of December 2014 to January - February 2015. Major thrust area including ambient air quality, water quality, noise and flora and fauna of the region and demography of the people were considered. Besides primary data the secondary data were also collected from governments. These dimensions can broadly be grouped into physical, social, aesthetic and economic environment includes air, water, land, aquatic and terrestrial flora and fauna, infrastructure, public services, etc. Social environment includes demography, community facilities and services, community characteristics, employment centers, commercial facilities servicing the area, etc. Aesthetic environment includes existence of historical monuments, archaeological or architectural sites at and in the vicinity of industrial activity, scenic areas, vistas and natural landscape, architectural character of present buildings etc. Economic Environmental covers employment/ unemployment levels, sources and levels of income, economic base of the area, land values, land ownership etc. It is necessary to examine environmental scenario before starting any industrial activity in order to determine the assimilative capacity of the environmental dimensions stated above. As, all the environmental dimensions may not be significantly affected by a particular industrial activity; it is necessary to identify the pertinent dimensions for studying in detail, in order to analyse the impact of the industrial activity on them.

52 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

For the present EIA study, the physical dimensions of the environment such as site location and surroundings, topography, geography, air quality, micrometeorology, noise levels, water quality, land Ȃuse pattern and soil quality, terrestrial flora and fauna and all the other dimensions are considered. These environmental parameters are studied to establish an existing environmental scenario of an area covering 10-km radius, which is considered as an impact area. Refer Annexure C Ȃ A for study area. This Chapter gives a brief description on the existing scenario of various environmental dimensions along-with the statistical data generated. 3.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT Site Location The proposed project of Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd, Kapashi, Tal: Phalatan, Dist : Satara. of Maharashtra State. The proposed site is plane and there are no undulations. It has gentle slope towards south side. The Geocodes of the site are 17O ͷ͸ǯ ͵ʹǤͷͲǳ N 74 0 ͳͷǯ ͳ͸ǤͷͲǳE. The elevation of the site is 649 AMSL.

Google Image of Site

53 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Site location and Surrounding On the boundary of Taluka Phaltan on the north Dist Pune, on east side Dist Solapur, on west taluka Khandala, and south Taluka Man and Khatav exist. No wild life sanctuary or ecological sensitive area exists within 10 Km radius from site. Road Connectivity to Site On south of project site Phaltan Satara district road exist at 1 Km . On Northern side at 9.5 Km Lonand Phaltan road exist, on western side Shirur Satara road exist at 9.6 Km. GENERAL FEATURES OF THE SATARA & SURROUNDINGS Satara district lies at the Western limit of the Deccan table and southern Maharashtra. It is situated in the river basins of the Bhima and Krishna rivers but from the point of view of the Peninsular drainage, the entire land of the district belong to larger drainage system of Krishna river. The district extends between 170 ͷǯͳͺ0 ͳͳǯ͹͵0 ͵͵ǯ͹Ͷ0ͷͶǯ east longitude. Residual hill ranges and the intermediate valleys, all well developed on a table land surface, from the main element of landscape in the district. All along the western boundary of the district is the Sahyadrian ranges. The Crestline proper is a succession of high plateau interrupted by occasional rounded peaks and connected by low saddles. The Mahadeo range, which is the next major well developed range, begins as an off shoot of the Sahyadris in the north Ȃwestern part of the district. It runs eastward as a main range and send off several minor ranges south-eastward and southward. These major ranges enclose between them the major river system of Satara. The physical setting of Satara shows a contrast of immense dimensions and reveals a variety of landscape influenced by relief, climate and vegetation. The variation in relief ranges from the pinnacles and high plateaus of the main Sahyadrians range having height over 4500 feet above mean sea level to the subdued basin of the Hira river in Phaltan tahsil with an average height of about 1700 feet above mean sea level. 3.2 RELIEF AND DRAINAGE PATTERN There are four district river basins in the district. The Krishna drains the major portion to the south, Yerla drains the mid-east portion also to the south, the Man drains the eastern parts to join the Bhima River outside the district and Hira drains the northern portion of the district. From the point of view of Peninsular drainage the entire district belongs to the larger drainage system of the Krishna river. The Krishna river is one of the three great rivers of the southern India. Like the Godavari and the Cauvery it flows across almost the entire breadth of the Peninsular from west to east and implies in the Bay of Bengal. The Krishna rises on the eastern

54 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. part of the Mhahableshwar plateau for 4 miles west of the village Jor in the extreme west of Wai tahsil. The Koyna, Yerla, Vena and Kudali are among the main tributaries of the Krishna river. The Koyna river, the largest of the Satara feeders of the Krishna, rises on the west side of the Mahableshwar plateau near Elphinstone of its course of eighty miles, during the first forty it runds due south and at Helvak in Patan tahsil it suddenly turns east till it falls into the Krishna river at Karad. During first forty miles of course the river flows along the beautiful valley with the min line of the Sahyadris on the right and on the left the Bamnoli- Gheradategad branch of the Sahyadries which run parallel to the main line at an equal height. In the first forty miles of Koyna is seldom more than 100 feet broad but in the last forty miles the bed is 300 to 500 feet wide. Especially in the first forty miles the banks are broken and muddy and the bed is of gravel. The Koyna is one of the important river in the state on account of the Hydro Electricity Project near Helvak. The Yerla is the largest of the left bank tributaries of the Krishna river and has water throughout the year. It rises in Solkanth hill in the extreme north of Khatav tahsil. It flows along a valley flanked by Vardhangad range to its right and the Mahimangad range in the left. It flows in a general southward direction and falls in Sangli district. Its bed is sandy and its banks are sloping, earthy and muddy. The Nira, a tributary of the Bhima river, rises in the Sahyadris in Bhor tahsil of Pune district. It flows in the general eastward direction and separates Satara district from Pune in the north. The river is of great economic importance on account of Bhatgar dam and the Vir dam both of which support an extensive network of canals for irrigation. The Man is also a tributary of the Bhima river. It rises in the Tital hill in Man tashil. Within the district it runs in a general south easterly direction. Its bed is sandy and its banks are highly eroded. 3.3 GEOLOGY Deccan traps cover almost the whole of the district and constitute the innumerable rugged and bold, flat toped hills. These volcanic lava flows are spread out in the form of horizontal sheets or beds and attain their maximum thickness near Mahableshwar and around Helwak amounting nearly 2000 to 3500 feet. Petrologically the deccan traps are mainly basalt are generally uniform in composition and texture. Laterite occurs extensively covering almost all the plateau of the western ghats and also in the north and central portions of the district. Laterite rocks is ferruginous, hard and massive, and generally varies in cut color from dark red to yellowish and dark brown to dirty brown. A freshly cut surface of the laterite bed is usually soft but becomes very hard and tough on the

55 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. exposure to the atmosphere. Most of the laterite beds in the district are categorized and ferruginous laterite or very low grade aluminous laterite. These are considered to have been formed by chemical alteration of iron, alumina, and titanium oxides with the leaching out of silica and manganese. Kankar is noticed at different localities in the district especially in the area covered by highly decomposed traps. It usually occurs in dry streams and nela sections on in the soil mantle covering the traps. Such Kankar deposits are formed the decomposed traps in leached out calcareous solutions from the decomposed traps in the form of tabular and rounds nodules, concentrations and lumps. Trap rocks are generally barren of economically useful and important mineral but being hard, dense, and durable are almost suitable for building purposes, road metal, railway ballast and as aggregate for concrete mixture. Bauxite, the chief ore of aluminium metal occurs associated with laterite at a few places in the district. However, these deposits are very small. A small deposit of lime stone occurs in small hillock five miles south-west of Phaltan. It occurs as a lenticular body resting on the deccan trap and is used for manufacture of lime. Small concentration of manganese ore are found in association with laterite. The ore is of secondary origin and residual in nature and is generally low grade. 3.3.1Geomorphology and Soil Types Geomorphology and Soil Types The district forms part of Deccan Plateau of Sahayadri hill ranges. The residual hill ranges and the intermediate valleys, all well developed on a table land surface forms the main geomorphic element of landscape in the district. In the west, the district has the Sahayadrian scarp with its major peaks, usually flat topped and intervening saddles. The Mahadeo Range, which is the next major well developed range in the district, begins as an off-shoot of the Sahayadri in the north-western part. Eastward it runs as a main range and sets of several minor ranges south-eastwards and southwards. However, physiographically the district can be broadly divided in major four units viz., (i) Hills and Ghats, (ii) Foothills zones, (iii) Plateaus and (iv) Plains. The entire Satara district falls in the drainage of three major rivers, Nira, River in the entire northern part, Man River in the south-east and Krishna River in the south. Krishna River which is one of the major River of southern peninsula, rises on the eastern brow of the Mahableshwar plateau in the district and flows for about 176 km. in the district. Kudal, Vena, Urmodi, Tarli, Koyna, Vasna and Yerla rivers are the main tributaries of Krishna River. All the rivers have parallel to semi-dendritic drainage pattern and the drainage density is

56 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. quite high in the district. Based on geomorphologic setting and drainages pattern, the district is divided into 50 watersheds. 3.3.2 Ground Water Scenario Hydrogeology The entire district is underlain by Deccan Trap basaltic lava flows of Upper Cretaceous to Lower Eocene age. The shallow alluvial formation of Recent age also occurs as narrow stretch along the major rivers flowing in the district however, they have limited areal extension. Hard Rock (Deccan Trap Basalt) Deccan Trap occupies about 95% area of the district and it occurs as basaltic lava flows, which are normally horizontally disposed over a wide stretch and give rise to tableland type of topography also known as plateau. These flows 5 occur in layered sequence ranging in thickness from 4 to 66 m. Flows are represented by massive portion at bottom and vesicular portion at top and are separated from each other by marker bed known as bole bed. The thickness of weathering varies widely in the district form 5 to 20 m bgl. The weathered and fractured trap occurring in topographic lows form the main aquifer in the district. The ground water occurs under phreatic, semi-confined and confined conditions. Generally the shallower zones down to the depth of 20 m bgl form phreatic aquifer. The water bearing zones occurring between the depths of 20 and 40 m are weathered interflow or shear zones and yield water under semiconfined conditions. Deep confined aquifers occur below the depth of 40 m. The vesicular portion of different lava flows varies in thickness from 8 to 10 m and forms the potential aquifer zones. However the nature and density of vesicles, their distribution, inter- connection, depth of weathering and topography of the area are the decisive factors for occurrence and movement of ground water in vesicular units. The massive portion of basaltic flows are devoid of water, but when it is weathered, fractured, jointed or contain weaker zones ground water occurs in it.

57 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

In winter season the yield of the dugwells varies between 10 to 190 m3 /day whereas in summer it varies between 5 to 20 m3 /day depending on the type of aquifer encountered. The discharge of borewells tapping both shallow and deeper aquifers range between trace and 15.00 lps as observed from exploration studies. Soft Rock (Alluvium) Alluvium occurs as narrow stretches along banks and flood plains of major rivers like Nira, Man, Krishna and Yerla and their tributaries. In the Alluvium the coarse-grained detrital

58 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. material like sand and gravel usually occurring as lenses forms good aquifer, however they have limited areal extension. The ground water occurs in phreatic aquifer under water table conditions in flood plain Alluvium deposits near the river banks. Water Level Scenario Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) monitors water level data of 52 National Hydrograph Network Stations (NHNS) in the district. The NHNS are measured four times in a year i.e., January, May (Premonsoon), August and November (Postmonsoon). Depth to Water Level Ȃ Premonsoon (May 2007) The depth to water level in Satara district during May 2007 ranges from 1.00 m bgl (Morgir(Shivpur Peth)) to 28.90 m bgl (Khandala). The most predominant water level range during premonsoon period in the district is 5 to 10 m bgl, which is seen in almost entire district. Depth to Water Level (Premonsoon- May 2007) 7 This dominant range of water level is followed by shallow water level range within 5 m bgl, which occupies south western and west central parts of the district. Apart from this a small isolated patch in north eastern part of Phaltan taluka is also observed. The deeper water levels (10 to 20 m bgl) are mainly observed in two elongated patches, one in north western part of the district near Mahabaleshwar, Pachgani, Shirur, Pimpode and Wathar and one in eastern part of the district in parts of Man and Khatav talukas, whereas deeper water level of more than 20 m bgl is observed only at one place i.e., Khandala. Depth to Water Level Ȃ Postmonsoon The depth to water levels in the district during November 2007 ranges between 0.01 (Manjarwadi) and 13.65 m bgl (Mahabaleshwar). The major part of the district has shallow water levels i.e., within 5 m bgl during postmonsoon season. While the shallowest water level i.e., less than 2 m bgl is seen in 3 to 4 patches among which largest patch covering parts of Satara and Jaoli talukas is seen is western part of the district. The water levels in the range of 5- 10 m bgl are seen in the 2 to 3 isolated patches in south eastern, north central and southern parts of the district. The water levels in 10-20 m bgl range are seen in single isolated patch in hilly areas around Mahabaleshwar in north western part of the district. Seasonal Water Level Fluctuation Seasonal water level fluctuation between premonsoon and postmonsoon for the year 2007 have been computed. The seasonal rise in water level in the district ranges from 0.85 (Manure) to 25.68 m (Khandala). However fall in water level is also seen at 9 locations ranging between 0.02 (Aundh) to 4.05 m (Mahabaleshwar). The rise in water level within 4 m is observed in major part of the district in south eastern, north eastern, central, western and southern parts of the district covering almost entire Khatav, Phaltan and Satara talukas and parts of Man, Karad,

59 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Patan and Jaoli Talukas, whereas rise of more than 4 m is observed in northern (parts of Khandala, Wai and Koregaon talukas), eastern (almost entire Man taluka) and south central parts (northern part of Karad and southern part of Koregaon taluka). The fall in water levels between 0 to 2 m is also observed in two isolated patches in southern parts of Patan taluka and western parts of Mahabaleshwar Taluka. Water Level Trend (1998Ȃ2007) Long term water level trend for premonsoon and postmonsoon periods for last 10 years (1998Ȃ2007) have been computed and analysed. The analysis indicates that during premonsoon period rise in water levels ranging between negligible at few NHNS and 0.56 m/year (Tathvade) have been recorded at 26 NHNS, while fall in water levels ranging between negligible at few NHNS and 0.51 m/year (Malkapur) have been recorded at 20 NHNS. During postmonsoon period rise in water levels have been recorded at 28 NHNS and it ranges from negligible at few NHNS to 0.32 m/year (Mirgaon), whereas at 16 NHNS fall in water levels ranging between negligible at few NHNS and 0.28 m/year (Pingli) have been recorded. Water Level Trend (Premonsoon- 1998-2007) 9 The perusal of Fugure-5 shows that the rise in water level trend of up to 0.20 m/year is observed in almost entire eastern and western parts of the district covering entire Phaltan, Man and Khatav talukas and parts of Koregaon, Patan and Jaoli talukas. The fall in water level trend of up to 0.20 m/year is observed in an elongated patch extending from north to south in central part of the district covering parts of Khandala, Wai, Satara, Koregaon, Patan and talukas and almost entire Karad taluka. Thus the future ground water conservation and recharge structures need to be prioritized in these areas. 3.4 CLIMATE & METEOROLOGY The climate of Satara district is on the whole agreeable. The year may be divided into four seasons. The cold season is from December to about middle of February. The hot season which flows lasts till the end of May, June, to September is the south-west monsoon season while October and November constitute the post monsoon or retreating monsoon season. The rainfall varies widely in different parts of the district depending upon their nearness or otherwise to the Sahyadris. The western part get high rainfall on account of its mountainous topography and the climate is generally pleasant. Mahableshwar gets more than 6000 mm rain. As one proceeds from west to east the rainfall decreases rapidly at first and then gradually. Phaltan gets only around 500 mm of rain. Most of the rainfall received during the south west monsoon season. Some rainfall in the form of thunder showered occur in May. Excluding the

60 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. western part of the district the variations in the annual rainfall is quite large. During the year 2003 and 2004 highest annual rainfall recorded is 4908 & 4359 mm. The summer season is period of continuous increase in temperature. The rise in temperature is more marked in the plains than on the hills. May is the hottest month of the year. Afternoon thunder showers bring some relief from heat. With the onset of the south Ȃwest monsoon there is appreciate drop in temperature and the day season in the south-west monsoon are even lower than in the cold season. With the withdrawal of monsoon, day temperature rises in October. Thereafter, both December is the coldest month of the year. Except during the south- west monsoon season the daily range of temperature is large. The average temperature and humidity recorded at project site is shown in Annexure B. The average maximum and minimum temperature recorded at project site is 34. 30C and 13.50C. The air is generally dry particularly in the afternoon except during monsoon season. The dryness is more marked on the plains than on the hills. During the south Ȃwest monsoon season the skies are heavily clouded to overcast. With the withdrawal of the monsoon the cloudiness rapidly decreases and skies are clear to lightly clouded in the winter and summer. Winds are generally light to moderate except during the south-west monsoon when they are stronger on the hills. Fogs occur occasionally in the valleys in the cold season. The average wind speed in the month May, June, July and Aug is in the range of 10 to 16 Km/hr whereas from Sept. to April month the average wind speed is between 1 to 8 Km/hr. 3.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY The existing ambient air quality of the study area serves as an index for assessing the pollution load and the assimilative capacity of any region and forms an important tool for planning further development in the area. A detailed assessment of the existing air environment was undertaken for the purpose mentioned above. Atmospheric air samples were taken from Project site , Ghadgewadi, Aljapur, Nandal , Adarki budruk Thakobachi wadi, Bibi and Kapashi locations within the study area.

61 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Monitoring location for Air, Noise, Soil, and Water with Direction Sr. Name of Village Distance Direction Latitude Longitude No. from Project Site A1 Project Site 0 - 170 ͷ͸ǯ͵ʹǤͳͳǳ 740 ͳͷǯͳ͸Ǥʹʹǳ A2 Kapashi 1.68 SW 170 ͷ͸ǯʹǤ͹ͻǳ 740 ͳͶǯʹ͹ǤͶǳ A3 Alijapur 3.20 S 170 ͷͷǯ͵Ǥͳǳ 740 ͳͶǯͶ͸Ǥͻ͹ǳ A4 Adarki Bk 4.3 WSS 170 ͷͷǯͳͶǤͶǳ 740 ͳ͵ǯͻǤ͹͹ǳ A5 Bibi 2.78 SE 170 ͷͷǯ͵ͷǤͶǳ 740 ͳ͸ǯ ͵ͺǤͺǳ A6 Ghadgewadi 2.68 E 170 ͷ͹Ǥǯ͹Ǥͺǳ 740 ͳ͸ǯͷ͸Ǥ͵ǳ A7 Takubaichiwadi 2.11 N 170 ͷ͹ǯͷ͵Ǥ͵͹ǳ 740 ͳͶǯͷͶǤͶǳ A8 Nandal 7.7 NE 170 ͷͻǯͳ͵Ǥͻͻǳ 740 ͳͺǯͶͶǤͻ͸ǳ

Google image showing Monitoring locations The air samples were collected for the following air quality determinants: Particulate Matter (PM 10, PM 2.5) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx); Sulphur Dioxide (SO2); Cabon Monoxide (CO) Sampling schedule: 24 hourly samples for SPM, SO2 and NOx were collected from all the five stations, by continuous monitoring by using standard techniques as prescribed by CPCB during

62 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

December 2014 to Jan- Feb 2015. The results of air quality are presented in Annexure E and were compared with the national ambient air quality standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). Sampling Method Parameter Equipment Detection Method limit PM10 μ Ashaenviro 5μg/cum Gravimetric ( IS 5182) PM 2.5μ Ashaenviro 5μg/cum Gravimetric ( IS 5182) SOx Ashaenviro with 3μg/cum Modified West & Geake Method(IS: 5182 absorber (Part-II): 2001 NOx Ashaenviro with 5μg/cum Jacobs and Hocheeiser Method(IS: 5182 absorber (Part-VI):1989 CO Portable Electronic 0.1ppm CPCB meter

Sr. Location 24 Hour 98 percentile CO

No ɊȀ3 mg/M3

PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx A1 Project Site 58.1 15.7 11.4 18.7 2.0 A2 Kapashi 62.1 20.95 12.25 20.53 1.31 A3 Alijapur 57.9 15.2 7.2 12.89 0.93 A4 Adarki Bk 40.2 21.7 7.8 12.9 0.88

A5 Bibi 51.4 16.3 7.98 14.9 0.986 A6 Ghadgewadi 52.3 19.6 8.5 16.5 1.13 A7 Takubaichiwadi 48.9 28.6 9.45 15.7 0.86 A8 Nandal 51.7 21.8 7.6 12.4 0.8 CPCB Standard 100 60 80 80 4

The parameters like lead and ammonia were found to be below detection limit as there was no source of their emission in the project area.

63 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

64 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT Noise, in general, is sound that is composed of many frequency components of various loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common and universally accepted "ǳ A. This is more suitable for audible range of 20-20,000 Hz and has been designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of the human ear. The environmental Impact Assessment for noise from construction and operational activities, vehicular traffic, etc can be undertaken by taking into consideration, various factors like potential to hearing, physiological responses, annoyance and general community responses which have several effects varying from Noise Induced Hearing Losses (NIHL) etc. The Ambient Noise Monitoring was conducted during December 2014 to Jan ȂFeb 2015 during the period of study. Noise monitoring has been conducted in the study area to assess the background noise levels. The monitoring was conducted in different noise zones. For this purpose, five noise monitoring locations have been chosen during the monitoring conducted. Noise was measured in dB(A) at all the locations. Various statistical parameters like maximum, minimum and average values for day and night were then computed and presented. Noise monitoring details at various locations present in Annexure G. 3.7 WATER ENVIRONMENT Ground water Quality The study area has a number of natural springs. Representative samples from - Project site , Ghadgewadi, Nandal , Aljapur, Bibi, Adarki budruk Thakobachi wadi and Kapashi were taken and analyzed for their quality. The parameters for which these samples are analysed constitute almost all the important physical - chemical attributes. Results of the analysis carried out for the sampling undertaken is presented in Annexure H. The total hardness was in the range of 152 mg/l -422 mg/l, TDS was in range of 201 mg/l -588 mg/l, Chloride 11.5 mg/l -23.8 mg/l. Surface water Sampling of water from Nira Canal located at village Adarki Kh within buffer zone of SAIL was carried out during monitoring period Annexure I. The total hardness was in the range of 137 mg/l -151 mg/l, TDS was in range of 288 mg/l -316 mg/l Chloride 19 mg/l -31mg/l and MPN was in the range of 106-136 MPN/100 ml.

65 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

3.8 SOIL QUALITY AND CROPPING PATTERN The soils of the district are essentially derived from the trap rocks and fall under the following three main CATEGORIES. A. Medium black soil to deep black on plain land B. Lighter soils on slopes and in the eastern parts of the district C. Laterite soils in the hilly regions in the western part and small hillocks in the east. Medium Black Soils Medium black soils are found mainly along the Krishna, Koyna and Nira river. They are brownish to dark brown color. The soils are fertile, rich in lime and under proper irrigation and careful management yields substantially. The nitrogen of the content is fairly good and organic matter content is high. The soil is not well crocked after, gives rise to alkalization which results in salty patcher. Crops like groundnut, wheat and rabbi jawar are grown. Light Soils Light soils are locally known as malran or murum. These soils are commonly found in the plains and on the slopes of the hillocks in the eastern part of the district. The soils are hard and rocky and brown in color. They are well drained, light in nature, sandy loam in texture. They are rich in lime and potash content but shollow in depth. These soils are deficient in nitrogen, organic carbon and phosphorous and can yield god produce only if bulky manure and heavy fertilizers are applied and proper irrigation is provided. Bajra is commonly grown in these soils and where sufficient water is available paddy is also taken. Laterite Soils Laterite soils are red in color and are locally Known as Kambad mati. They are mainly found in the Mahableshwar hills and mountain range along the entire Koyna valley. At the heads of the river there is blending of black soils with the laterite soils. On the top of the hills where water cannot be confined, these soils are used for kumari cultivation or wood ash fillage. On account of heavy rainfall in this region the laterite soils are subjected to heavy leaching and high degree of erosion. As a result of this, all the soluble salts get leached out leaving behind sesqui-oxides. The reason for red color is high content of iron oxide in soils. Except in thick forest area these soils are poor in organic matter. They are clay loam in texture and are rich in nitrogen and clay. The main crops grown consist of hill millets like rogi, vari, nachni, and sava. At certain place rice is taken by adopting kumri cultivation. At high altitudes, especially around Mahableshwar fruits which require cold climate like strawberries and good berries are grown.

66 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

To evaluate the soil state in the area of the present EIA, a characterization study was designated with the objective of investigating the base level. Four surface soil samples were taken to carry out a field description. Analysis of the parameters which are considered to be related to the type of developmental activity coming up in the area were evaluated. The acidity of the soils is evaluated by pH, in order to estimate any possible affectation and the present level. The electrical conductivity evaluates the salt content of the grounds and gives an indication of the type of crop response and tolerance of various vegetables. The contents of cations like calcium, sodium and magnesium, which are measures in the soil extracts are related through the SAR (Sodium Absorption Ratio). The SAR mainly evaluates the effect caused by the sodium content to the characteristics of the soils, such as infiltration, permeability and compaction degree, when it is combined with the presence of Calcium and Magnesium. The Sodium has the effect of spreading particles of the soil favoring the formation of crusts Besides these parameters, the following parameters were analyzed in the sampled soil media: x anions (Bi-carbonate, chloride); x Nutrients (major-organic carbon and minor-nitrogen, phosphorus); x Metals (Ni, Zn, Cu); and x % ESP and Moisture content The soil sampling locations selected for studying the characteristics of soil in the area and the analysis results are described in the Annexure K. 3.9 LAND USE The land use in general reflects the activities of human being on land thereby changing the land cover. Identification and periodic surveillance of land use and cover at site and in the vicinity of any developmental activity is one of the most important aspects of EIA. The scenario of land use pattern within buffer zone of project indicated, 6.5 % forest, and 39.2 % irrigated, 36.8% unirrigated, 10.3 % cultivable waste, and 7.0 % as area not available for cultivation. Remote Sensing and GIS Study Remote Sensing is a process of identification and demarcation of various earthsǯobjects from a distance without directly coming into contact with them. Remote sensing is largely concerned with the measurement of electromagnetic radiation from the sun, which is reflected, scattered, and emitted by the objects on the surface of the earth. Different objects on the surface of the earth reflect different amounts of the electromagnetic spectrum. The potential of remote sensing in natural resources mapping basically depends on

67 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. spatial, radiometric and temporal resolution of the sensor. Thus the satellite remote sensing with its capability of repetitive coverage, multi-spectral imaging, synoptic view and low cost can play an important role in the delineation of various classes. Land cover is a fundamental parameter describing the Earthǯs surface. This parameter is a considerable variable that impacts on and links many parts of the human and physical environments. Remote sensing technique has ability to represent of land cover categories by means of classification process. With the availability of multispectral remotely sensed data in digital form and the developments in digital processing, remote sensing supplies a new prospective for land-cover/land-use analysis. Geographical Information Systems have already been used for assessing environmental problems, since they provides a flexible environment and a powerful tool for the manipulation and analysis of spatial information for land cover feature identification and the maps of all variables were combined to extract information to better understand analyzing. Satellite remote sensing, in conjunction with geographic information systems, has been widely applied and been recognized as a powerful and effective tool in analyzing land cover/use categories This study made use of remotely sensed data and GIS technologies; to evaluate qualitatively and quantitatively outcome project site land cover/use distribution. Obtained results were compared, visualized and analyzed, in Geographic Information System. The study area is proposed Project site is covered in survey of India Toposheet no. 47O/01, E43H15, E43O5, E43I3,and E43I4, of 1:50,000 scale. The project site is having latitudes 170ͷ͸ǯ͵ʹǤͷͺǳ͹Ͷ0ͳͷǯͳ͸Ǥ͹ͶǳǤ Software and Hardware Satellite Data: LandSat 8 cloud free data has been used for Landuse /landcover analysis. Satellite Sensor Ȃ Landsat 8 Ancillary Data: PC based GIS and image-processing softwares are used for the purpose of image classification and for delineating drainage and other features in the study area. Number of peripheral devices such as scanner, plotter, printer etc. has also been interfaced with the system. Objectives: x Delineation of Land use/ land cover categories on the 1:50,000 scale for the whole study area. x Generation of digital cartographic database using secondary data sources.

68 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Methodology:- The multispectral data obtained from sensors, due to its synoptic view and revisit capability, can effectively be used for continuous monitoring of land surface. The spatial, spectral and radiometric resolutions are the three primary factors in the estimation of various Land use/ land cover classes. The satellite data is then taken into a hard disk and then converted in the standard false colour composite by assigning blue, green and red to green, red and near infrared band respectively. Image enhancement has been done by the technique called histogram stretching between the ranges of 0-255, as the data content is 8-bit. Applying formulae derived by modeling the sources of distortions in order to correct the systematic distortions such as earth curvature carried out rectification and registration of satellite data. The random distortions were corrected using well distributed ground control points occurring in raw data. To achieve planimetric accuracy, the remote sensing scene was rectified with respect to SOI maps on 1: 50,000 scales. The GCPǯs in the scene such as rail road intersections, corners of water reservoirs, bunds, etc. were identified on the image as well as on the reference map. Third order model was constructed and finally registration of image was carried out with nearest neighborhood resampling taking map as reference and one map registration was achieved Then the subset of images have been taken according to the boundary of the study area. The digital classification technique has been used for the extraction of the Land use/ land cover information from the imagery. Eight different Land use/ land cover classes have been identified in the area under study. Table No. 1 shows the information about the extent of Land use/ land cover classes in the study area. Land use/ Land cover Classes Details Satellite data was classified using supervised classification technique. Maximum likelihood algorithm classifier was used for the analysis. The scenes were individually classified and then were integrated to get a composite classified output where information from Rabi season is available. A truth table was generated taking 0.95 as the conversion threshold. After aggregation, the final classified output was converted in raster format. The image was then converted in raster format, which is understood by GIS. Eight Land use/ land cover classes have been identified in total 25 km radius area around the project Site. The area under each class has been calculated and given below.

69 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Land use Percentage Water 0.85 Agriculture 39.71 Trees 4.01 Agriculture(Sowing) 9.08 Grass/Fallow land 26.24 Barren land 1.49 Shrub land 8.62 Open Shrubland 9.71 Builtup 0.28

Table 1: Landuse/ Land cover Statistics of the 10 km radius Area.

Figure 1: Landuse/ Land cover Statistics of the 10 km radius Area.

70 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Fig.2. Land use/ land cover map of 10 km radius area around Project Site Elevation :- Thematic manuscript for contour layer was generated from Survey of India toposheet of 1:50,000 scales they have been rectified to the WGS84 datum and then projected to UTM-43 North zone also used for generation of contour map. After scanning coverage was generated. Coverage was edited to remove all errors of dangle. Attribute value was given to each contour in the coverage.

71 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Fig 3: Elevation map of 10 km radius area around Project Site. Slope: ASTER GDEM is a product of METI and NASA has been used to produce slope map of the project site.

Fig.4: Slope map of 10 km radius area around project site.

72 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

3.10 Natural Wealth Minerals Deccan traps cover almost the whole of the district and constitute the innumerable rugged and bold, flat topped hills. Petrologically, the deccan traps are mainly basalts and are generally uniform in composition and texture. Laterite occurs extensively covering almost all the plateau of the western Ghats and also in the north and central portions of the district. Kankar is noticed at different localities in the in the district especially in the areas covered by highly decomposed traps. Bauxite, the chief ore of alluminium metal occurs associated with laterite at few places in the district. These deposits are small. A small deposit of lime stone occurs in small hillock five miles south west of Phaltan. Fisheries The main source of fishing in the district is confined to the Urmodi, Venna, Krishna, and Koyna river and irrigation tanks such as Kas, Banganga, Ranand,Nehr, Pingli, Mayani, and Daruj. Maval, Malya, Kambat, Shingoda, found important varieties of fish like Vam, Catla, Rohu, and Mirgal caught in the district.

3.11 Ecology The important features of environment are flora and fauna. They have countless life cycle modes, forms and activities that are important to be considered in any EIA. i. Vegetation Vegetation and wild life present in an area shows certain affinities with its environmental setting and between the species. The plant and animal population in an area form recognizable associations called ǮǯǤ the life forms of the species that make them up. The species composition is referred to the kind of species making up the community. Variety of species and their relative numbers are referred to as species diversity. A community composed of few species is called simple whereas, that composed of many species is called complex. The vegetation and wild life describes the environment setting in terms of type of communities, community, uniqueness, and types of species forming each community, dominant species, rare and endangered species, their habitat vulnerability to various disturbances. Ecological cycle also is an important representation of biological environmental setting. A exhaustive survey was carried out within core and buffer zones to get an idea of major vegetative patterns, plant, animal communities, dominant species, correlation between plant,

73 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. animal communities and topography, geology, soil, water etc. and present / past human influence on them in order to establish existing scenario of flora and fauna. i) FLORA AND FAUNA Flora: Most of the forests in the district lie in a belt along the main range of the Sahyadris, and the rest are spread in patches throughout the district. Within the core zone, commonly occurring plants are Umber, Jamun, Anjani, Shiras, Hirada, Awla, Yen, Kinjal, Mango, Apta, Daka, Chandan, Bahava, Bondara, Dhoop, Karanj, Nana, Parjambul, Savar, Phanshi, Sag, Suru and Kusal Kolamb grasses. The valley portions have moderate to thick forest cover. List of Flora Sr.No. Botanical Name Common/Vernacular Name 1 Terminlia tomentosa Jambhul 2 Plumeria bracteata Chafa 3 Manilkara zapota Chiku 4 Mangifera indica Amba 5 Leucaena latisiliqua Subabhul 6 Eucalyptus tereticornis Nilgiri 7 Vitex negundo Nirgudi 8 Ziziphus mauritiana Bor 9 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham 10 Ficus religiosa Pimpal 11 Azardirachta indica Kadunimb 12 Ficus bengaleesis Wad 13 Saraca indica Ashok 14 Emblica officinalis Awala 15 Bambusa arundinacae Bamboo 16 Moringa oleifera Shewaga 17 Delonix regia Gulmohor 18 Tamarindus indica Chinch 19 Annona squamosa Sitaphal 20 Pongamia pinnata Karanj 21 Terminalia paniculata Kenjal 22 Dalbergia latifolia Shisav

74 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

23 Tectona grandis Sagwan 24 Acacia catechu Hiwar 25 Bauhinia racemosa Aapta 26 Bauhinia variegata Kanchan 27 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Jaswand 28 Morus alba Tuti 29 Artocarpus integrifolia Phanas 30 Samanea saman Raintree 31 Hyophorbe lagenicaulis Bottlepalm 32 Acacia nilotica Kateri babul 33 Prunus dulcis Jangali badam 34 Eucalyptus tereticornis Nilgiri 35 Pithecellobium dulce Vilayati chinch 36 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis Parijat 37 Saraca asoca Sita ashok 38 Cocos nucifera Naral 39 Terminalia tomentosa Ain 40 Ficus glomerata Umbar 41 Albizzia procera Shirish Herbacious vegetation Sr.No. Botanical Name Common name 1 Achyrauthus aspera Aghada 2 Ageratum conyzoides Osadi 3 Alternanthera sassilis Sessile Joyweed 4 Alysicarpus hamosus - 5 Amaranthus spinosus Katemath 6 Andropogon pumilus Bluestem grass 7 Calotropis gigantea Madar,Rui 8 Cassia absus chankan/ chimar 9 Cassia mimosodis Feather-leaved Cassia 10 Cassia uniflora Oneleaf Senna 11 Celosia argentea Kurdu

75 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

12 Chloris barbata Swollen Finger Grass 13 Chrysopogon fulvus Red False Beardgrass 14 Clerodendrom inerme Koynel,Vanjai, Baad 15 Coculus hirsutus Parvel

GLIPSES OF HERBICIOUS VAGITATION

Phyllanthus maderspantensis Eclipta alba

Indigophera glandulosa Themeda sp.

Spermacoce pusilla Corchorus olitorius

76 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Fauna : The wild life of Satara district although found in small number, is scattered all over the district. However, according to the local people the common fauna in the area is given in below.. Avifauna (birds) Birds use the area as a habitat (nesting), hunting ground, migratory route, and wintering area. The primary habitat near the site, for birds is the spruce forests and the forests of mixed spruce and birch. Avifauna Sr.No. Bird Common name 1 Acridotherus tristris Common myna 2 Apus affinis House swift 3 Centropus sinensis Crow pheasant 4 Chrysococyx muculatus Asian koel 5 Columba livia Rock Pigeon 6 Copsychus sularis Magpie Robin 7 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller 8 Corvus splendens House crow 9 Coturnix coturnix Common quail 10 Cuculus canorus Cuckoo 11 Dicrurus macrocerus Black drongo 12 Francolinus pondicerianus Grey francolin 13 Glaucidium radiatum Barred jungle owlet 14 Hirundo daurica Red rumped swallow 15 Hoopoe hoopoe Indian Hoopoe 16 Lanius excubitor Grey shrike 17 Lanius schach Long tailed shrike 18 Merops orientalis Green bee-eater 19 Nectrarinia zeylanica Purple sunbird 20 Orthomus sutorius Tailor bird 21 Passer domesticus House sparrow 22 Ploceus phillippinus Baya Weaver bird 23 Prinia hodgsonii Common babbler

77 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

24 Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul 25 Pycnonotus jocosus Red whiskered bulbul 26 Rhipidura aureola White browed fantail flycatcher 27 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin 28 Vanellus indicus Redwattled lapwing 29 Halcyon pileata White breasted Kingfisher 30 Motacilla citreola Common wagtail

Glipses of avifauna

White breasted Kingfisher Indian robin

78 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Common wagtail Black drongo Amphibians and reptiles The area around the project site is habitable species of amphibians (frog) and species of reptile (the Common lizard). In Koyna sanctuary Cobra, Ghonas, Ajghar, Manyar, Diwad, Chipda, Furse, Dhman, Saptoli, Snake and Ghorpad may also found. Amphibian Sr.No Scintific Name Common Name 1 Ranatigrina Frog 2 Bufo Bufo Toad 3 Lithobates catesbeianus Bull frog

Sr.No Scintific Name Common Name 1 Calotes versicolor Indian Garden Lizard 2 Lygosoma punctatum Common garden Skink 3 Ptyas mucosus Linn. Rat snake or Dhaman 4 Naja naja Cobra 5 Echis carinatus Saw scaled viper

79 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

The presence of many of the species listed above at the proposed site. A field survey was completed for the smaller mammals. For the larger mammals, data was collected for the entire region and extrapolated across the site. Sr.No. Scintific name Common name 1 Funambulus pennanti Palm Squirrel Wroughton 2 Herpestes auropunctatus Small Indian mongoose 3 Lepus nigricollis Cuvier Indian Hare 4 Pteropus giganteus Brunnich Indian Fruit Bat 5 Vulpes bengalensis Fox 6 Canis lupus Wolf 7 Sus scrofa Wild boar

Endangered and threatened species There are no endangered and threatened species that could occur in the area. It is important to recognize that these species are known to occur across the region Given the relatively small size of the operation, to the region, it is unlikely that the proposed activity would not impact in any significant way or endangered or threatened species. 3.12 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT As regards to base-line environmental data in respect of Demography, Occupational Structure, Community Services such as Post Offices, Post & Telegraph Offices, Telephone, Educational and Health Care Facilities, Banks and Co Ȃ Operative institutes, social and Cultural Institutions, present within buffer zones of hydel power project were collected from Department of CENSUS operations, Government of India, Department of Statistics and Economics of the Government of Maharashtra Village Patwaries, Department of Post and Department of Health for preparation of existing environmental scenario in respect of these parameters. Statistical data is presented in Annexure M,N &O. Demography Demographic structure within buffer zones of indicated 73% literate and 27% of illiterate population. Scheduled Caste, Scheduled Tribe population is 6.2 %, 1.8 % respectively. Refer Annexure M Occupational Structure: Out of the total population of 189336 is within buffer zones of, 36.9 % are Main Workers, 10.2 % are Marginal Workers and 65.4 % are Non Workers. Of the total Main Workers, 47.4% are

80 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Cultivators, 18.2 % are Agricultural Laborers and 2.5.% Workers in household industries & 31.8% Other workers. Refer Annexure N Community Services There are 51 Post Offices & Telegraph and 12 telephone connections within buffer zones. 112 Primary Schools 75 Middle Schools, 21secondary schools, Nil Junior and senior college within buffer zone. There is Ȃ2 Hospital, 2 Maternity & Child Welfare Centre, 1 health care unit, 5 primary health centers, 13 primary health subcenters,13 Family planning Center, and 18 Registered Private Practitioners, 3 Dispensary, and 52 Community Health Worker within buffer zone. Refer Annexure O. The socio-economic benefits arising out of this project for the local populace will include creation of direct and indirect jobs and consequent rise in the income levels, associated commercial and social infrastructure development in the areas, better environment and higher returns for the cane crop due to higher yield and cane price. 3.13 AESTHETIC ENVIRONMENT Aesthetic environment includes existence of historical monuments, archaeological or architectural sites at and in the vicinity of industrial activity, scenic areas, vistas and natural landscape, architectural character of present building, etc. Forts, old temples, ancient monuments and picnic spots in the district play an important role in shaping the socioeconomic pattern of the district. The centre of attraction of this district is its natural scenery and historical places, which can be best enjoyed while driving through the district. The chief places of interest within easy reach of Satara are Parli, Pateshwar, Vaavteshwar and the forts. Satara fort is said to have been built by Kolhapur SILHARA Chief Bhoj II. Other are Vairat gad, Vardhangad, Varugad, are the important forts. Mahableshwar is one of the health resorts of Maharashtra state, situated at one of the Sahyadri spurs. Panchagani, Switzerland of India, being famous for healthy climate and residential schools. Pratapgad 3543 feet above MSL is famous in Maratha history. Phaltan is a very ancient city. It has a Temple of Shri Ram, who is said to be Gram daivat of the city. There is a Temple of lord shiva, which is called as Jabreshwar Mandir, this temple has beautiful stone carvings. Other temples in the city are Maljai Temple, Nageshwar temple, Sri Dnyaneshwar Mandir, Upalekar Maharaj Samadhi Mandir, Haribaba Samadhi mandir, Sai mandir in Jadhavwadi. There are many beautiful Jain temples in Phaltan. People of Mahanubhav panth identify Phaltan as South Kashi.

81 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

CHAPTER 4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT PREDICTION

82 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT PREDICTION Sugar cane crop & mills exist with lot of uncertainties such as water scarcity, uncertain monsoon, price of sugar cane, crop yield, hike in power rates, quality seeds etc. Indian agriculture relies solely on the monsoon rains and irrigation facilities. Sugar cane crop production is subjected to changes at each place each year with price changes for same quality cane. These facts yield them lower returns than prediction & make them vulnerable in race of time. Sugar factories are mainly established in rural areas for want of raw material as major agriculture crop sugarcane. All sugar production in India solely comes from sugar cane with a time proven well-established process to get sugar output. The mainly tried options to dispose Bagasse were compost, cattle feed, craft paper. EIA provides a mechanism to simultaneously consider base line data & probable future adverse effects on the environment as a consequence of the action to create any processing unit, expressway, irrigation, canal, barrage, mining activity etc. before the commissioning of the desired project work. A significant component of EIA studies exists to predict, assess the potential of impacts of the project on the surrounding environment. Environmental impact in the study area reflects in any changes of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial effects caused or induced by the impact of project if implemented. Superimposition of predicted impact over pre-project base line data shows final picture of environmental conditions. Step of quantitative impact prediction leads to decline suitable environment management plan needed to implement before initiation of project, commissioning stage to mitigate adverse effects on environmental quality. Impact prediction in various areas of air, water, soil, noise, socio- economic for sugar, co-generation, alcohol distillery are given in following sections. Integrated plant involves activities to set up a plant, machinery, create infrastructure to transport raw material, finished products as dominant activities in construction phase. In construction phase they have various impacts on air & water quality, noise levels, socio- economic environment etc. Traditionally the co-generation plants are well known for their adverse environmental impacts due to the Bagasse and ash disposal problems in operational phase. Next steps describe a brief description of the environmental impacts of proposed cogeneration project both in construction and operational phases and methodology and results of mathematical and simulation models used in their prediction. 4.1 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE Project construction phase will be of one and half year whose activities will surely show effects on land environment, water, air, noise level, soil quality, socio-economic trend etc. As first

83 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. phase construction has already been initiated hence its impact on air, water quality noise and soil will not be notable. This activity will have a positive impact in case of Socio-economic culture for the people in the nearby villages. They will have chance for local employment like foundation, fabrication, brick, masonry, and painting and machinery erection. Along with that tree plantation will be one of the activities. Involved number of workers in construction phase is less hence, impact at site will be negligible. 4.1.1 Land Environment Some excavation, land filling and development aspects may be needed for leveling of the ground. Impact due to solid residue, ash from co-generation Ash formation will occur due to use of Bagasse & coal as fuels in Cogeneration plant. Formed ash will be collected, mixed in press mud & distributed free to farmers during season & during off season will be given to nearby brick manufacturers it can also be used as a material for land filling. 4.1.2 Water Environment During construction hardly 35 m3 water will be required for slab working. The construction activity will not have any effect on ground as well as surface water. Even the domestic waste water generated in the labour camp is also very low. Mitigation Waste water generated during construction is insignificant. Proper sanitation facility will be provided with septic tank so that there will be no negative impact on water. 4.1.3 Air Environment During construction activity there is a probability of increase in SPM due to transportation of trucks, trolleys construction debris, cement etc. Mitigation: all the vehicles permitted at the project site will be possessing Pollution under control certificate. There will be provision of water sprinkling on the project site to control dust emission. 4.1.4 Noise Environment The construction activity will generate noise due to vehicles like trucks and machinery like bulldozers, concrete mixers, cranes etc. the noise levels are between 70 to 80 dB. Mitigation: All the workers involved in the construction works are provided with ear plugs to avoid continuous exposure of noise. Noise exposure can also be minimized by shock absorbing techniques such as noise barriers, silencers etc. in the equipment.

84 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

4.1.5 Occupational Safety During the construction there are chances of minor or major accidents at the site. Mitigation: All the workers will be provided with helmets, goggles and safety instructions in the form of manuals and also first-aid will be made available. 4.2 IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE The operations and their respective impacts in a sugar, co-gen power and ethanol manufacturing units are as follows: 4.2.1 Impact on Land or soil The solid waste generated from the sugar unit is mainly in the form of molasses, press mud and Bagasse. The fly ash will be generated from cogen power plant. This solid waste in case dump on land will create soil degradation or underground water pollution. Mitigation: Molasses formed from the sugar unit acts as a raw material for ethanol production. Press mud can be used as bio-compost along with spent wash. Bagasse is the raw material for power generation from cogeneration unit. Fly ash generated during combustion in boiler will be used as a material in land filling as well as in brick manufacturing. Spent wash from alcohol distillery will be reduced substantially by implementing single stage evaporation technology. Bio-compost equipment use to treat generated spent wash from ethanol plant with culture Micro 110 will give compost to be sold to farmers in vicinity area. 4.2.2 Impact on water environment Water needed for plant will be available from Nira canal. SAIL intends to intake 1592m3/day of water per day to fulfill the needs of mill, distillery, co-generation plant and residential colony. Of the total water requirement of 1592m3/day, 500 m3/day be use for sugar plant, 620 m3/day shall be use for Co generation plant, 432 m3/day shall be use for Distillery and 40 m3/day will be use for domestic purposes. Mitigation Waste water from Sugar mill will not have significant BOD/COD levels. All waste water will be collected in effluent treatment chambers, neutralized prior to discharge in the existing sugar plants.

85 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

In sugar mill maximum due water conservation will be achieved with precise equipment selection. Treated effluent water will have low BOD, COD values & be treated as per MPCB norms. In co-generation also precise design parameters will enhance target of water conservation & power production. Maximum attention is paid to recycle the water in each unit/equipment. Single stage evaporation technology during alcohol concentration & recovery reduces spent wash quantity from 8 to 2 liters/liter of ethanol. Thus spent wash generation will be minimum. Further it will be concentrated, burnt as a fuel. Thus impact on ground & surface water shall be negligible and zero waste water discharge scheme involves fire of spent wash in spentwash fire boiler. Besides water conservation program will be followed, as given below: x In sugar mill hot water wash is given to Bagasse after milling which is recycled. x In syrup evaporation water vapours are cooled and recycled. x Steam condensate from boiler and turbine is recycled to boiler. x Water is used to dilute molasses during fermentation. x During distillation water vapours are condensed and recycled for next molasses dilution. Due to this water conservation plan waste water generated will be in very small quantity. It will have low BOD COD and DO. Therefore it will be treated in ETP. 4.2.3 Impact on Air Environment The common process involved in all the three units is the use of boiler and turbine. The air environment gets polluted due to emission of suspended particulate matter having particle size less than 50 microns. It also affects the crops grown in the nearby areas. So it has negative impact on the health of people. Due to existing state high-ways & less distances for carts, trucks to reach mill site the suspended particulate matter generation will be in specified limits. Bagasse & coal handling in belt drive provision & closed condition will not increase SPM generation. Use of captive Bagasse from cane crushing as a fuel will be a solution for its safe disposal in cogeneration plant. Complete combustion, ash silo system, hoppers, air sacs collection, electro static precipitators, effective ash handling, mixing of collected ash with press mud to sell to farmers/ brick producers will minimize the probable impacts of fuel handling & safe ash disposal. During season fly ash collected from ESP hoppers, air heater hoppers, ash from boiler bottom hoppers, total quantity being less than 2 % can be subjected to suitable land fill.

86 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

During off season ash from Bagasse & coal can be used for brick producers with press mud. Air modeling study by Gaussian Plume model

Air modeling study to predict ground level concentration of SPM, SO2 and NOx is carried out as fuel used in boiler generates theses gases. Although fuel used is Bagasse the maximum quantity is 1040 TPD which is notable and may add to the existing concentration of gases. As per the latest norms of emission the maximum concentration of SPM should not exceed 115 mg/Nm3. The spentwash fired boiler of 28 TPH will also generate pollution The cumulative impact of both the bolier is predicted as further.The baseline ambient air quality has been obtained by carrying out measurement at four different locations which also include downwind direction. Even metrological data like wind speed, direction, temperature, cloud cover and humidity has been obtained from Indian Metrological Department for the Satara IMD center. So also data on site has also been generated. Stack Emissions Management The following measures shall be adopted for the control of emission in the sugar and cogeneration plant ¾ Suitably designed electro static precipitator with efficiency of 98.36 % for bagasse based boiler and 99.2% for spentwash fired boiler shall be placed downstream of the stack which will separate out the incoming dust in flue gas and limit the dust concentration at its designed outlet concentration of 150 mg/Nm3 ¾ For the effective dispersion of the pollutants stack height has been fixed based on the CPCB requirements. The height of the stack shall be 90 m AGL. The height of the stack shall be 86 m for bagasse based and 60m for spentwash fired boiler. ¾ For DG sets, stacks of adequate height shall be provided. ¾ All vehicles and their exhausts shall be well maintained and regularly tested for emission concentration. ¾ Adequate thickness of insulating material with proper fastening shall be provided to control the thermal pollution. ¾ Regular preventive maintenance of pollution control equipment shall be carried out. ¾ Stack emission shall be regularly monitored external agencies on periodic basis. Fugitive Emission Management The following measure shall be adopted; ¾ Regular dust suppression with water sprinkler on the haul roads. ¾ Green belt development and afforestation in the plant.

87 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

¾ Tree plantation shall be done in an area of 15 acres and Seed nursery and other plantation is plnaned on 11.11 acre of land and in addition to that avenue plantation will be done on both sides of the internal roads and near the proposed main office building and the parking area. In the present study the major source has been considered as the stack attached to boiler. The estimation of emission rates based on rate of fuel consumption and characteristics has been calculated. Also, the meteorological data at the site has been collected during study period. After calculation and collection of data, assessment of impact on ambient air quality using ISCST3 model of USEPA for emissions from plant have been carried out. Stack Data Sr. Stack Fuel Emission Stack Ht Diameter Exit Gas Velocity No. (T/Hr) Rate (g/s) (m) (m) Temp. (m/s) (K)

1 Boiler 160 0.086 (ESP 86 4.5 423 16 with 98.36 % efficiency

Sr. Stack Fuel Pollutant Emission Stack Diameter Exit Velocity No. (T/Hr) Rate (g/s) Ht (m) (m) Gas (m/s) Temp. (K) 1 SPENT 28 SPM 0.086 (ESP 60 3.5 413 12 wash with 99.2% fired efficiency Boiler SO2 14.2 60 3.5 413 12 NOx 6.67 60 3.5 413 12

Sampling locations: The air quality for suspended solids is calculated for the locations of highest concentrations, which shall be present in the downwind direction from the chimney. Mitigation measures A. Construction phase During construction phase certain mitigating measures need to be adopted to reduce the primary impact on air environment to the minimum. Water spraying on material to be handled before beginning work and spraying on unpaved surfaces twice a day will improve the working conditions and minimise dust pollution. The designated areas for roads and parking spaces shall be black topped at the earliest. Welding operations shall be carried out within cordoned areas.

88 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

During dry weather condition, the dust created by excavation, leveling and transportation activities will be easily controllable by sprinkling of water. Construction equipment and transport vehicle will be maintained properly to minimize source emissions and spillage. Regular maintenance schedule will be adopted. As per AP-42 of US EPA, the recommended measures for various activities during construction phase are summarised in Table RECOMMENDED MEASURES FOR CONTROL OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION Emission Source Recommended Control Method(s) Debris handling Wind speed reduction, Wet suppression# Truck transport## Wet suppression, Paving Chemical stabilization^ Bulldozers Wet suppression^^ Pan scrapers Wet suppression of travel routes Cut/fill material handling Wind speed reduction, Wet suppression Cut/fill haulage Wet suppression, Paving Chemical stabilization General construction Wind speed reduction, Wet suppression Early paving of permanent roads # Dust control plans should contain precautions against watering programs that confound trackout problems. ## Loads could be covered to avoid loss of material in transport, especially if material is transported offsite. ^ Chemical stabilization usually cost-effective for relatively long-term or semipermanent unpaved roads. ^^ - Excavated materials may already be moist and not require additional wetting. Furthermore, most soils are associated with an "optimum moisture" for compaction. B. Operation Phase During operation phase assessment the mitigation of air pollution emissions and their control are outlined below: ¾ The only major source of air pollution from the SAIL manufacturing process is emission from stack attached to boilers used for steam generation and subsequently power. However, has chimney of 3.5 diameter up to 75 m height and the stack height designed on the basis of CPCB guidelines to ensure proper disposal of gas emissions. ¾ Fugitive emissions from raw material storage yards, loading and unloading operations, will be controlled water sprinkling system, if applicable.

89 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

¾ Electrostatic precipitator (ESP) will be provided in the additional boiler stack. ¾ Water sprinkling system will also be provided in strategic area for control of fugitive emissions. ¾ Use of bullock carts, which are environmental friendly, for transportation of sugarcane from the villages to the plant site as far as possible. ¾ Ensure that all vehicles (trucks & tractors) used in transportation have PUC Certificate. ¾ As far as possible all internal roads shall be constructed as tar roads and regular water sprinkling shall be carried out on all the kucha roads for preventing fugitive dust emissions. ¾ Construction of speed breakers on roads at regular intervals all over the plant area and / or attachment of speed locking system to the accelerators of all vehicles used for maintaining a speed limit of 20 km/h. Construction of vehicle parking area having at least brick on edge flooring. ¾ No overloading of trucks used in transporting sugar from the plant. ¾ Carry out tree plantation around plant area for minimizing environmental impacts of the proposed activities over a period of time. Plantation program shall be designed and a budget should be allocated for this purpose every year. 33% of the area owned by SAIL is planned for greening. ¾ Moreover, the garden development and tree plantation activities of SAIL during operational face would ensure minimal impact of fugitive dust emissions. ¾ In addition to above, SAIL promised to maintain good house-keeping in all the departments of their sugar manufacturing and power generation departments in order to keep the entire complex clean and free of dust.

A) Air Quality Impact Analysis Using ISCST - 3 B) The Industrial Source Complex Ȃ Short Term Version 3 (ISCST-3) model has been developed to simulate the effect of emissions from point sources on air quality. The ISCST-3 model was adopted from the USEPA guideline models and routinely used as a regulatory model to simulate plume dispersion and transport from up to 100 point sources and 20000 receptors. ISCSTȂ3 is the state of the art model with USEPA and extensively used for predicting the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) of conservative pollutants from point, area and volume sources. The impacts of primary air pollutants are predicted using this air quality model keeping in view the plain terrain at the project site. The predicted study is presented as below:

90 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

91 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

92 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

93 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

After commissioning of plant average GLC of SPM is measured considering both the boiler stacks in the terms of 24 hour concentration, will increase by Maximum 0.025g/m3 as shown in Isopleths, the SO2 and NOx is also predicted from 28 TPH spent wash fired boiler is measured in the range of 2.55 g/m3 and 1.15 g/m3 . Mitigation: To avoid negative impact on the air quality of nearby area mitigation measures such as effective stack height (86 m and 60m) and use of air pollution control devices such as Electrostatic precipitator is proposed 4.2.4 Impact due to transportation As a consequence of sugar mill erection & operation, vehicle traffic to and fro for sugar cane, molasses, coal, finished materials sugar, alcohol etc. will be increased. Cane from local area can be brought with bullock carts, tractors & trucks. Transport of other items will be done with trucks. Traffic with jeeps, buses, cars, ambulance etc. will also be there. Traffic on road will create rise in particulate matter. Metaled roads already exist in the site area which will keep minimum SPM level. Thus fugitive emissions will be at minimum levels. Mitigation SAIL puts a strategy to check regularly the PUC of all auto vehicles, servicing & maintenance, in order to have minimum environmental impact due to the vehicle exhaust emission. Garden & tree plantation plans will ensure the target of minimum fugitive emissions. SAIL proposes better level of housekeeping in all departments of sugar mill, power generation, and colony area to get clean area. 4.2.5 Traffic Density Study 1. Monitoring locations The site is located adjacent to the State highway, with approach road already existing and thereby not requiring any additional approach road. A traffic density survey was conducted on the highway. 2. Methodology Traffic density measurements were made continuously for 24 hours by visual observation and counting of vehicles under four categories, viz., heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles, two/three wheelers and others. As traffic density on the road is low, one skilled person was deployed simultaneously during each shift for counting the traffic. At the end of each hour, fresh counting and recording was undertaken. Thus, the total number of vehicles per hour under the four categories was determined.

94 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

3. Observations Table shows the summary of the movement of the various types of vehicles during the survey period. TABLE TRAFFIC DENSITY Type of Vehicle Total No. Per Hr H.M.V 85 L.M.V 47 Two/Three wheeler 104 Others 78 Total 314

The movement of heavy motor vehicles are almost uniform through out the 24 hour period. The movement of light motor vehicles is low during the night hours. 4. Transportation As a matter of fact of Co-generation Power Plant does not invite heavy vehicular traffic at the site, however due to sugar production and distillery (for molasses procurement from outside factory) activities at SAIL, there will be an increase in the traffic to and from the site. Vehicles used for transportation of sugar cane as well as finished product would be a bullock cart, Tractors and Trucks where as, utility vehicles used for various purposes would be buses, Jeeps, cars and cycles from labour colony and staff movement. The transportation route will be the highway and the connecting road from the highway to the plant for the purpose of the evacuation of sugar while the bullock carts will bring raw material (cane), Outside molasses will be transport from the trucks through internal roads of SAIL and village roads from nearby fields. All trucks proposed to be used for transportation will be covered with tarpaulin, maintained, optimally loaded and have PUC certificates. TABLE EXPECTED INCREMENTAL TRAFFIC DENSITY Traffic Existing No. of Incremental rise Total Rise Vehicle traffic H.M.V 35 45 80 L.M.V 42 53 95 Two/Three 104 112 wheeler 216 Others 78 53 131 Total 314 258 572

95 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

4.2.6 Impact on Noise environment Noise, an unwanted sound, affects human being. Excessive exposure to noise produces varying degree of damage to hearing system. It leads to headache, fatigue etc. the main sources of noise are steam turbine, boiler, DG sets, blowers etc. most of them generate noise level up to 70-90 dB A. Road traffic will also result in rise in noise levels. Continuous exposure of increased level of noise will have an adverse impact on the health of workers as well as the people residing in surrounding area. Prolonged exposure can lead to temporary or even permanent deafness. Noise generating machinery operations: Sugarcane cutting, Crushing, Lime addition, Clarification, Evaporation, Sugar separation, Steam Production, Noise making Equipments such as cutters, crushers, mixers, pumps, boilers etc. All connecting roads to sugar mill complex will be metaled one. Cane loading will be restricted to the capacity. Vehicle maintenance, proper lubrication to machinery will be arranged. Tree plantation on the campus and on the connecting roads is initiated and will be done each year. Mitigation All the workers will be provided with ear plugs, proper maintenance of blowers and pumps. All the transporters will be advice to carry out regular maintenance of their vehicles. 4.2.7 Impact on Socio-economic environment Like other sugar factories SAIL is located in an isolated area. SAIL management thought that it would be advantageous to improve the living conditions of people in and around the plant site. It also proposes to employ local skilled and unskilled workers. It will therefore generate employment in the local area. SAIL is also planning to setup 30 MW cogeneration plant for power production. It will resolve power crisis and will enhance earnings for village people. In turn local people can avoid uncertainty of job, raise their living standard, do supplementary jobs of cane & other farming, cattle, poultry, brick making unit etc. thus to stabilize & prosper in life. This will surely be a positive impact. Socio economic pattern SAIL has already initiated process to select & employ key persons for project. In nearby period full employment, colony creation will give them space to reside thus to get settled in the area.

96 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

CHAPTER 5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS

97 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

5.0. ENVIONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS Environmental impact assessment are the logical first step in this process because it represent the opportunity for man to consider, in his decision making, the effects of actions that are not accounted for in the normal market exchange of goods and services. Adherence to pure economic exchange theory and practice for decision making has possible adverse consequences for the proposed site at which the project is going to be implemented. Environmental impact assessment can be defined as the documentation of environmental analysis including identifications, interpretations, prediction and mitigation cost by proposed action on project. A properly prepared assessment should enable the planner to conclude whether the proposal should or should not be regarded as major action, or whether the environmental impact is or is not significant and if the action could not be environmentally controversial. Whenever it is concluded as significant environmental impact will result from a proposed action, or it may become environmental controversial, when others learn of the action a draft EIS must be prepared. The process of environmental impact analysis serves to meet the primary goal of Parliament in enacting Environmental Policy Act 1986 to establish national policy in favor of protecting and restoring the environmental. The primary purpose to prepare environmental impact assessment is to disclose the environmental consequences of a proposed action, thereby making the agency cautious, decision maker and the public to the environmental risk involved an important and intended ǯ ǡ continuous consciousness of environmental consideration. However, the spirit of the law is founded on the premises, that to utilize resources in an environmentally compatible way and to protect and enhance the environment. It is necessary to know how activities of the proposed project will affect the environment and to consider these effects early enough so that changes in plan can be made if the potential impacts warrant them. Environmental impact assessment provides a vehicle to note impacts of activities so that knowledge of what adverse changes may occur can be collected and maintained. The purpose of inventory is to ensure discloser of the impacts on the proposed projects so that concerned institutions or individuals will be aware of possible repercussions of the subject activities. Another valuable use for the inventory of impact is to identify the potential cumulative effects of a group or series of activity in an area. Any single activity might not be likely to cause serious changes in the environmental but when its effects are added to those of other projects, the

98 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. impacts of the environment might be severe. The potential for cumulative impacts must be identified and in some cases, this may be possible only at the intra agency level. A preliminary assessment will indicate the possible impact areas on which detailed data has to be collected to present the results of the preliminary assessment will attempt to answer the impacts on physical or health Hazard, economic interest of the existing communities, impact on infrastructure, and future growth pattern in the region for next 20 years. 5.1 MATRIX METHOD The major use of matrices is to indicate cause and effect by listing activities along horizontal axis and environmental parameters along the vertical axis. In this way the impacts of both individual components of projects as well as major alternatives can be compared. The simplest matrix uses a single mark to show whether an impact is predicted or not. However, it is easy to increase the information level by changing the size of the mark to indicate scale. The greatest drawbacks of matrices are that they can only effectively illustrate primary impact. A matrix having rows as environmental attributes or impact areas and columns having proposed project activities is constructed. Each action having an impact on environmental attributes is given a weight or Parameter Importance Unit (PIU) viewed by experts. Weights given are on following conception. Weight 1 is given for insignificant low impact, which is not injurious to environment in case of its adverse nature. Weight 3 is given in case of measurable impact, which is not injurious to environment with proper planning and building in case of its adverse nature. Weight 7 is given in case of high impact on environment, which can be curbed by taking precautionary measures in case of its adverse nature. Weight 10 is given in case of very high impact on environment. The predicted environmental impact rated on a scale of environmental scores multiplied by the corresponding weight then gives the weighted impact. All weighted impacts added together give the overall weighted impact of proposed project on environment. Negative sign in impact matrix indicates that the impact is of adverse nature. The environmental matrix for the proposed cogeneration power plant after plan after and during its implementation is shown in table.

99 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Table 5.1: Environmental Impact Matrix for the Proposed Plant of SAIL During Construction Phase Sr. Environmental Environmental Score Due to SAIL Activities No. Attribute I II III 1 Air Quality -1 3 1 3 -1 3 2 Noise Levels -1 5 1 3 -1 3 3 Land Use 0 5 1 3 -1 3 4 Soil Chemistry -1 3 1 3 -1 3 5 Crop Yield -2 3 0 3 -1 3 6 Occupational Structure 3 5 1 5 2 5 7 Flora & Fauna 0 3 1 3 1 3 8 Social Interactions 2 3 2 3 3 5 9 Transportation 2 5 1 3 1 3 10 Economy 3 5 2 3 1 7 LEGEND I Erection of mechanical equipments II Plantation/landscaping III Infrastructural activities

Table 5.2: Environmental Impact Matrix for the Proposed Plant of SAIL During ȋǥȌ Sr. Environmental Environmental Impact Due to SAIL No. Attribute Activities I II 1 Air Quality -2 7 2 5 2 Noise Levels -2 5 2 3 3 Land Use - - 2 5 4 Soil Chemistry -1 5 1 5 5 Crop Yield -2 5 1 3 6 Occupational Structure 5 7 1 3 7 Flora & Fauna -1 3 2 5 8 Social Interactions 3 5 1 3 9 Transportation 3 5 1 3 10 Economy 3 7 1 3 LEGEND I Power Generation II Plantation / Landscaping

5.2 CHECK LIST METHOD The detailed impact analysis and form the curse of the environmental impact assessment one has to use a checklist method for identifying the possible impact during and after the completion of the proposed cogeneration power plant. The check list include modification of

100 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

regime, land transformation and construction, resource extraction, processing, land alternation, resource renewal, changes in traffic, waste replacement and treatment, chemical treatment and accident has to be assessed. This comprehensive and user friendly checklist is invaluable aid for several activities of EIA, particularly scoping and defining baseline studies. The check list has been prepared for non-specialist and enables much time consuming work to be carried out in advance of expert input. It includes extensive data collection sheets. The collected data can then be used to answer a series of questions to identify major impacts and identify shortage of data. The result sheet from the checklist is reproduces in the following table. Table 5.3, Result Sheet for Assessing Checklist Name of the Project / Location: SAIL Plant Parame Positive No Negative Negative No Com ter Impact Impact Impact Impact Judgment men Possible Possible Very Possible ts Alteration of ground No No Yes No No -- -- water hydrology Irrigation No No Yes No No -- -- Noise and vibration No No Yes No No -- -- Urbanisation Yes ------Highways No No Yes No No -- -- Dams No No Yes No No -- -- Surface Excavation No Yes No No ------Well drilling Yes ------Farming Yes ------Pairing Yes ------Energy Generation Yes ------Erosion Control & Yes ------Terracing Ground water No No Yes ------Recharge

Table No.5.4, Result Sheet for Assessing Checklist Name of the Project / Location: SAIL Plant Parameter Positive Positive No Negativ Negative No Com Impact Impact Impact e Impact Judgment men Very Possible Impact Very Possible ts Possibl e Waste Yes ------Recycling Fertilizer Yes ------Application Trucking Yes ------

101 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Communicatio Yes ------n Land Fill -- -- Yes -- - -- Cooling water Yes ------Discharge Liquid Effluent No -- Yes ------Discharge Stack and No -- Yes ------Exhaust Emission Weed Control Yes ------Insect Control No -- Yes ------Explosion ------Yes ------Operational ------Yes ------Failure The very simple layout of the table enables an overview of impacts to be presented clearly which is enormous value for the scoping of proposed cogeneration power activities. 5.3 EXPERT ADVICE Expert advice should be sought for predictions, which are inherently non-numeric and are particularly suitable to estimate social and cultural impacts. It shall be preferably taken in the form of a consensus of expert opinion for example, it is necessary to find out whether there is impact on wetland or not. The reduction in the wetland productivity may result in to the fall of sugarcane crop yield. As a consequence the quantity of bagasse required for producing cogeneration shall be severally affected. In case of low crushing during the production of crystal sugar may also add to non-availability of bagasse, which may hamper production of power. In order to mitigate these problems it is utmost necessary to continuously monitor the production of sugarcane. It is also necessary to make available the other type of biomass for producing power with the use of boiler. 5.4 ECONOMIC TECHNIQUE Economic Techniques have been developed tries to value environment and is continuing environmental economics. The most commonly used methods of project appraisal cost of benefit and cost effective analysis. It has been found easy to incorporate environmental impacts into traditional cost benefit analysis, principally because of the difficulties in quantifying and valuing environmental effects. An environmental impact assessment can provide information on the expected effects and quantify, to some extent their importance. Cost effectiveness analysis can also be used to determine what is most efficient, least cost method of meeting given environmental objectives, with costs including forgone environmental benefits. The attempts have been made and the two most useful methods for cogeneration power projects

102 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ǳ ȋȌ ǳȋE/RC). The EOP method attempts to represent the value of change in output that results of the environmental impact. This method is very easy to carry out and easily understood. E.g. the assessment of reduce bagasse for power reduction in production due to non-availability of sugarcane due to hydrological changes. The PE /RC method makes assessment of the value that people place on preserving their environment by estimating what they are prepare to pay to prevent its degradation (preventive expenditure) or to restore its original state after it has been damage (replacement cost).

103 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

104 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Introduction Identification of impacts that are likely to occur during construction and operation phase of the proposed project is important. The identification helps in adopting mitigation measure for controlling the impacts. The environment Management plan describes both generic good practice measure and site- specific measure so as to mitigate potential impacts associated with the proposed activities. The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the proposed establishment of sugar plant of cane crushing capacity of 5000 TCD , 30 MW cogeneration and 60 KLPD with respect to noise, air quality, water quality, solid waste, ecology, landscape, socio economic measure are summarized below. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the program, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential environment attribute and socio- economic impacts. The industry shall adopt a comprehensive Environment Management plan (EMP), which would cover several environmental protection measures, not only for abatement of environmental pollution resulting from the project, but also for the improvement in the ambient environment. The various components of the EMP are outlined in subsequent sections. ¾ A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (action)that are needed to be implemented. ¾ The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action ¾ The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met. OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN The main objectives in formulating the environment management plan are 9 To treat all the pollutants i.e. effluent, air emission, noise & hazardous waste, which contribute to the degradation of environment, with appropriate techonology. 9 To comply with all the regulation stipulated by central/state pollution control boards related to air emission, liquid effluents and hazardous waste as per air & water pollution control laws and hazardous Waste ( Management and handling & TBM) Amended Rules, 2010 of environment protection act 1986 9 To encourage, support and conduct development work for the purpose of achieving environment standards and to improve methods of environment management. 9 To promote afforestation in the surrounding areas of the plant.

105 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

9 To create good working conditions for employs and reduce fire and accidental hazards. 9 Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for the environment management expenditure. 6.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN M/s SAIL proposes an activity to erect 5000 TCD sugar mill, 30 MW co-generation plant & 60 KLPD Ethanol Distillery near village Kapashi, Tal. Phaltan, Dist. Satara in Maharashtra. Environmental Impact analysis carried out in Chapter-V indicated that SAIL would not have notable impact on any of the environmental attributes. At the same time, it will have beneficial impacts on cropping pattern, increase in cane sugar crop & yield, captive power from Bagasse, export of surplus electricity to grid & consequent encashment to farmers etc. Target of Environment Management Plan (EMP) is to conserve the resources, minimize the waste generation, treatment of waste, recovery of by products and recycling of material. It also incorporates vegetation and landscapes of open area and also the post project quality monitoring. 6.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 6.1.1 Water Environment During construction water will be needed mainly for cement concrete mixing purpose, slab watering, and tank preparation. The only construction work involved in the power plant is foundation work. No formation or discharge of waste water during construction will occur. The workers will be provided with suitable accommodation. Provision for infra structural services including water supply, sewage, drainage facilities and electrification shall be made. The site shall have suitable toilet facilities for the workers to allow proper standards of hygiene. These facilities shall be connected to a septic tank and maintained to ensure minimum impact on the environment. 6.1.2 Air Environment The construction of sugar & cogeneration plant would result in increase of dust concentration due to fugitive dust. Frequent water sprinkling in the vicinity of the construction sites shall be undertaken and shall be continued after the completion of plant construction, as there is scope for truck mobility. It shall be ensured that both gasoline and diesel powered vehicles are properly maintained to comply with exhaust emission requirements. During transportation of construction materials, trucks shall be covered with tarpaulin sheets to prevent the material from being air borne. The speed of the vehicle carrying material shall be

106 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. regulated. Regular maintenance and periodic check for emissions of the construction equipment will be ensured. x All approach roads will be metalled roads to mitigate SPM. x All vehicles entering the factory premises will be maintained regularly. x All the vehicles will follow the vehicular pollution regulation of PUC. 6.1.3 Noise There will be some noise generation due to running of construction equipment and movement of vehicles carrying construction materials, which will be temporary in nature. Better quality construction equipment with less noise generation will be used. The transportation vehicles and earth moving equipment shall be periodically checked and maintained for noise levels. The construction workers shall be provided with adequate PPE such as earplugs to reduce impact of high noise levels and working hours shall be imposed on them. x Construction equipment generating minimum noise level will be used. x Such mixing equipment will be regularly serviced & lubricated. x Ear plugs and ear muffs will be provided to construction workers working near the noise generating activities like pneumatic excavation, concrete mixers. x Plantation will be carried out in the premises to absorb noise levels partly. 6.1.4 Socioeconomic & occupational impact Any construction activity will benefit the local population in a number of ways. The company management shall give preference to local eligible people through both direct and indirect employment. The industry shall provide ample opportunity to the locals to uplift their living standards by organizing events that propagate mutual benefits to all, such as health camps, awareness campaigns, donation to poorer sections of society and down-trodden. The proposed construction will immensely benefit the local population due to the employment opportunities will be generating by other associated activities of the project. x Local people will be employed for construction works. x Providing facilities of sanitation, fuel, education to workers. x Consistent & enough potable water supplies to construction workers will be arranged. x Enough milk supply to workers on 2 cups 2 times per person per day basis will be provided. x Safety measures for workers like provision of safety belts, helmets, goggles, aprons, hand gloves, shoes will be provided.

107 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

6.1.5 Land Environment General earthwork excavation during the construction phase results in the loosening of the top soil. The excavated soil will be stacked properly at site and the same will be utilizes for backfilling and green belt development. Proper compaction and stabilization of the same will be ensured. Generally cutting of herbaceous vegetation, during the construction phase results in the loosening of the topsoil. There is no such removal of vegetation in the proposed project premises. Farther plantation measure would help in preventing soil erosion. 6.2 DURING OPERATION PHASE Generation of waste water, gaseous emission, solid waste and other activities of the project operational phase are main concern and their mitigation management is important. 6.2.1 Air Environment 6.2.1.1 Air pollution control system The polluants emerging due to Sugar & co-generation plant operation shall be particulate matter, Sulpher dioxide and Oxides of Nitrogen from the stack attached to 160 TPH( Tons pe hour) boiler, Apart from this, other emission is from the proposed DG set of 4040 KVA which shall be used as stand by supply. The major source of air pollution from the SAIL sugar mill & co-generation process is emission from the stack attached to boilers used for steam generation and subsequent power. A chimney of stack height 86 m and 4.5 m diameter is designed on the basis of CPCB guidelines to ensure proper gaseous emission. Vehicle exhaust emissions from the sugar cane transportation vehicles as well as fugitive dust emissions because of vehicle movement during operational phase shall lead to air pollution. It is recommended to undertake following mitigation measures for air pollution control to fulfill MPCB norms. x Air sacks & bag filters to collect light fly ash shall be provided x Air pollution control equipment like Electrostatic precipitator shall be implemented to reduce ground level gaseous emission concentrations. x Maximum number of bullock carts will be used to transport sugarcane from the farms to the mill site as far as possible which is an environment friendly way out. x It will be ensured that all vehicles used in transportation have PUC Certificate. It is proposed to have an auto exhaust emission monitoring equipment and trained manpower to carry out PUC checks at regular intervals.

108 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. x SAIL has proposed all internal roads as tar roads and regular water sprinkling shall be carried out on all the rough roads to prevent fugitive dust emissions. x Tree plantation to the extent of 30% of area to lessen environmental impacts of the proposed activities over a period of time is implemented. Plantation program shall be designed and a budget shall be allocated for this purpose every year. Initially plantation shall be carried out along the boundary wall of the plant and within the colony. Plantation shall be carried out perpendicular to wind direction on the downwind side of SAIL to check the flow of dust along with wind. Subsequently plantation activities may be undertaken in remaining area. x Speed breakers on roads at regular intervals all over the plant area and / or attachment of speed locking system to the accelerators of all vehicles will be used to restrict a speed limit of 20 km/h. x Construction of vehicle parking area having at least brick on edge flooring is planned. x No overloading of bullock carts, Trucks, trailers used in transporting sugar cane from the agriculture fields to the plant area will be permitted. 6.2.1.2 Fly ash handling Ash At 100% capacity utilization of the proposed plant, around 2.34 lakh MT of bagasse, 14616 MT of cane trash and 18412 MT imported coal will be burnt during season and off-season operations. Annual ash generation from this quantity of bagasse / cane trash / coal will be about 11,847 MT. This ash will be mixed with the press mud and shall be distributed free to the farmers during season & during off-season if coal is used, the ash will be given to nearby brick manufacturers. Ash content in Bagasse is envisaged as 2%, in cane trash it is 5% and in Imported Coal ash content 35% (aprox). In distillery 28 TPH spent wash fired boiler will be use to meet ZLD in the distillery unit. The 6.38 m3/hr spentwash will be fired in the boiler. Ash generation due to this boiler will be 426.9 kg/hr using imported coal as fuel. Fly ash collected from the ESP hoppers using pneumatic system , the air-heater hoppers and the ash collected from the furnace bottom hoppers can be used as landfill, during the seasonal operation of the plant, from both boilers will be in operation. The total fly ash collected during off season could be used in compost. The high potash content in the Bagasse ash suits its use as good manure. As the filter press mud from the sugar plant also has a good land nutrient value, it is proposed to mix the ash and the press mud and sell the same to the farmers to be used in the cane fields. The maximum ash generated using Bagasse, cane trash and Imported coal as fuels will be about 11,847 MT and 3739.64 MT from spentwash fired boiler annually.

109 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

This generated ash will be given freely to entrepreneur to convert to bio compost, brick producers, also it will be used with press mud to convert to compost in own distillery. AIR POLLUTION MODELLING Air pollution modeling studies have been carried out to estimate the incremental rise in ground level concentration due to following sources. 1) Sugar plant of 5000 TCD capacity 2) Cogeneration plant of 30MW 3) And Distillery for spent wash fired boiler The mathematical model used for predictions in the present study is an EPA approved AERMOD model which is based steady Gaussian plume dispersion model designed for point source and area sources for air quality. The predicted ground level concentration computed by EPA approved ISC -AERMOD model & isopleths also plotted. EMISSION SOURCES The main source of emission from the sugar plant and cogeneration plant is boiler of 160 TPH capacity. The boiler will be operated at any given time by one of the following fuel mod. a) MODE Ȃ A : 100% of heat through Bagasse firing b) MODE Ȃ B : 85% of heat through Bagasse and15 % heat input through coal

6.2.2. Water Environment A network of planned storm water drainage is provided and maintained. Rain water harvesting will be carried out to reduce the load on fresh water uptake from river. It will also increase ground water table. Waste water generation will almost be nil thus its disposal will not be in the picture. 6.2.2.1. Effluent Treatment Plant for Sugar and Co-generation Effluent treatment Plant for Sugar & Cogen operations shall have the following distinct advantage:- The effluent shall be treated and the organic loading is polished to an extent that the treated water may be reused for x Plant Floor washings, x Make-up water for cooling tower, x Development of Green Belt, Landscaping and x Captive Irrigation, etc.

110 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Fresh water drawl is avoided to that extent and conservation of water in a broader perspective is achieved. This is particularly of economic significance as fresh water is being sourced from about a distance of 12 km Nira canal. The treatment scheme incorporates both Anaerobic as well as Aerobic treatment methods for the wastewater with state of the art Bio-Tower and Diffused Aeration Technologies. Minor quantities of Biogas would emanate from the plant which may be used for meeting requirements partially for energy in Canteen / kitchens. a. DESIGN DATA & PERFORMANCE PROJECTIONS The Sugar Factory Effluent treatment cum Treated water Recycling plant is designed for following parameters & shall perform as under upon reaching steady state of operations:

Sr. No PARAMETER RAW WASTEWATER TREATED WASTEWATER 1 pH 5 Ȃ 9 7.0 Ȃ 7.5 2 Flow (m3/Day) 3 BOD (mg/l) 1200 Ȃ 1500 < 30 4 COD (mg/l) 3000 Ȃ 3500 < 100 5 O & G (mg/l) 20 Ȃ 30 < 5 6 Temperature Ambient Ambient 7 TSS (mg/l) 600 Ȃ 700 < 100 b. PROCESS DESCRIPTION The proposed Effluent treatment cum Treated water Recycling plant shall consist of following treatment units: ¾ Screen Chamber ¾ Oil & Grease Trap ¾ Equalization Tank ¾ Anaerobic Hybrid Reactor ¾ Degassing Tower ¾ Primary Lamella Clarifier ¾ Bio Ȃ Tower ¾ Diffused Aeration Tank ¾ Secondary Clarifier ¾ Polishing Pond ¾ Pressure Sand Filter ¾ Activated Carbon Filter

111 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

¾ Sludge Drying Beds i. Screen Chamber: Screen chamber is provided to accommodate the screen made up of M.S Bars with spacing as per design. The screen shall be Epoxy painted. ii. Oil & Grease Trap: Oil & Grease trap is provided for removal of free & floating oil and grease, which otherwise would affect the performance of biological treatment. The trap is provided with oil removal mechanism. iii. Equalization Tank: An Equalization Tank constructed in Lined lagoon is provided for dampening the fluctuations in wastewater characteristics and quantity. In buffer tank the raw effluent is mixed with treated effluent in a required proportion. iv. Anaerobic Hybrid Reactor The effluent from Equalization Tank is pumped to Anaerobic Hybrid Reactor which is based on ǲ ǳ Ǥ ǲ ǳ mpany is based on the concept of conversion of organic matter into biogas. The process of conversion of Ǥ ǲ ǳ ǡ a high rate process, anaerobic digestion takes place in the mesophillic range of temperature, i.e. 36o - 40oC. The pH inside the reactor is usually kept around 7.2 while proper ratio of volatile acid and alkalinity is maintained. The following three stages are involved in the process of anaerobic digestion.

a) Hydrolysis: In the process of hydrolysis the complex molecular compounds i.e. polymers are converted into the simple molecular form i.e. monomers. b) Acidogenesis: The monomers so formed at the end of hydrolysis process are converted into volatile fatty acids. Acetic acid forms the major portion of volatile fatty acids. The process of conversion of monomers into acids is carried out by a group of anaerobic bacteria known as acid formers. c) Methanogenesis: Acids produced at the end of Acidogenesis process are converted into carbon dioxide and methane gases. The process of conversion of acid into gases is carried out by group of anaerobic bacteria known as methane formers. d) ǲ ǳ fixed film. Geometrically structured PVC media is provided for immobilization of bacteria.

112 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

The PVC media has a very large specific surface; this ensures enormous surface area for the Immobilization of bacteria ǲ ǳ h structured media made out of PVC. The structured media is provided in the form of modules. This specialty of the media lies in offering very large surface area at a void ratio of 95%. The surface area provided by media is around 95 Ȃ 105 m2 / m3. The entire media remains submerged in the reactor content. The bacteria grow and reside on large surface area provided by media. The bacteria developed on media surface takes upon organic content of wastewater to metabolize it and produce biogas and biomass. The reactor content is kept under constant recirculation using recirculation pumps. To achieve optimized mixing the recirculation pump suction network is placed next to the bottom of the reactor. v. Degassing Tower The overflow from Anaerobic Hybrid Reactor is taken to a Degassing Tower which facilitates expulsion of dissolved gases from the overflowing liquid which in turn facilitates better settling of suspended solids in the subsequent unit of Primary Lamella Clarifier. vi. Primary Lamella Clarifier: Primary Lamella Clarifier is provided for settling of solids from the raw effluent. The clarifier contains molded FRP Plates at design inclination and number which effectively removes the suspended solids. vii. Bio- Tower Effluent will then be subjected to roughening treatment in Bio-Tower. Bio-Tower will be provided with synthetic media having surface area in the range of 100 Ȃ 200 m2/m3. Effluent will be fed from the top distribution network and will be trickled down through a bacterial film immobilized on media. During the process organic matter in the effluent comes in contact with biomass and is utilized as a food material by microorganisms. To achieve the optimum contact & maintain the bio film always in a wet condition treated effluent is recycled 6 Ȃ 8 times. Recirculation pumps are provided for this purpose. The sump is provided at the bottom to collect the underflow and facilitate its pumping. viii. Diffused Aeration tank: The partially treated effluent from Anaerobic Hybrid Reactor and Bio-Tower is then subject to activated sludge process in the Diffused Aeration Tank for further reduction of organic load. The aeration Tank will be equipped with a grid of Compressed Air Diffusers. PVC Fill Media in

113 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. the form of modules would be provided for immobilization of additional Biomass. Fine bubble flexible EPDM membrane diffusers will aerate effluent along with return sludge from secondary clarifier ix. Secondary Clarifier: A secondary Clarifier in the form of a circular tank shall be provided for settlement of fully aerated Effluent from the Diffused Aeration Tank. The tank shall be provided with centrally driven fixed bridge type clarifier mechanism. Part of the settled sludge at the bottom of the settling tank will be pumped to the Diffused Aeration Tank and part of it will be discharged on sludge drying beds as per operational requirement. This sludge being fully mineralized is suitable for sun drying on sand drying beds. x. Polishing Pond Overflow from the Secondary Clarifier is taken to the polishing pond which helps in polishing the BOD and removes the traces of Organic matter and it has a provision of Diffused aeration in case of exigencies such as shock loading etc. The Polishing Pond would also be utilized for Chlorination by Hypo solution for De-nitrification of the contents in cases of necessity. xi. Sludge Drying Beds: In the SAF system the sludge is sufficiently mineralized and does not need any further treatment before dewatering and disposal. Sand filtration drying beds will be provided, where sludge will be dewatered by filtration through Graded sand bed and sun drying of the dewatered sludge is scraped & may be used as manure after composting. xii. Pressure Sand Filter: The overflow from polishing pond is pumped to Pressure Sand Filter for removal of fine suspended solids. Pressure Sand Filter shall be a cylindrical Mild steel vessel with dished ends. Filter media in the form of graded sand and gravel is provided as per design. xiii. Activated Carbon Filter Activated Carbon Filter will be useful for de-chlorination whenever applicable and specifically to remove odour. Filtering media in the form of Activated Carbon is provided. The filters are painted with epoxy paint inside and enamel paint on outside surfaces. The treated water coming out of the Activated Carbon Filter may be successfully recycled for productive uses.

114 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

6.2.2.2. Spent Wash Treatment for Distillery Main characteristics of spent wash in the distillery will be as follows:

Characteristics Raw Spent Wash Press mud cake Odour Jaggery - Colour Dark Brown Greenish Brown/Black pH 4.0 - 5.0 7.2 - 7.6 COD 1,20,000 - 1,60,000 35,000 - 42,000 BOD 40,000 - 60,000 6,000 - 9,000 Total Solids mg/l 1,00,000 - 1,50,000 1,00,000 - 1,50,000 Chloride(Cl) mg/l 6,000 - 10,000

Sulphate (SO4) mg / l 4,000 - 6,000 Nitrogen (TKN) mg / l 1,500 - 3,000

Potassium(K2O) mg / l 10,000 - 15,000 Sodium (Na) mg /l 300 Ȃ 600 Phosphate(PO4) mg /l 400 - 4,000 Calcium (Ca) mg /l 3,000 - 5,000 Environmental management system for distillery has components like water recovery, concentration followed by bio-composting of press mud with primary treated spent wash. The process involves the following stages; x Day storage of spent wash. x Triple effect falling film evaporation unit x Concentrated spent wash storage tank x Recycle of collected condensate water x Concentrated spent wash directly burn in Incinerator. Spent wash storage tanks 10 Days One spent wash storage tank duly made impervious by interior living with 100 mm thick concrete slab will be installed. Size and capacity of the storage tank are as follows: Concentrated spent wash storage tank Size 80 x 60 Capacity 4800 m3 (excluding free board) Triple effect falling film evaporation unit x The suggested treatment scheme is a triple effect evaporation plant for spent wash evaporation. The following points will elucidate the basic working principle:

115 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

x Shell & tube type evaporators with highly efficient liquid distributor working on the principle of falling film evaporation have been used, with shell & tube type pre-heaters to preheat the feed stream to serves the purpose of energy conservation. x Steam is fed to the first effect evaporator shell side at the given pressure and temperature as the heating medium. x The feed from the feed balance tank is taken to the high heater to remove non- condensable gases and pass to PHE-1 to make the best heat recovery. x The feed after getting heated to the predetermined temperature in preheater is fed from the of the second effect evaporator which is falling film evaporator -1 x Then the feed from high heater is given to first effect evaporator and follows the flow path given below. x Inlet feed -HH- HE Ȃ Flash Vessel- E1 - E2 - E3 Ȃ Outlet x Vapors generated in 1st effect VLS (Vapor liquid separator) are used as heat source in the 2nd effect. x Vapors generated in the 2nd effect VLS are subsequently used as heat source for 3rd effect. x Finally vapors from 3rd effect are condensed on shell side of surface condenser for evaporator. x The product at the desired concentration of 24 - 25 % w/w total solids is obtained at the outlet of the third effect, which is a falling film evaporator. x A shell & tube type multi-pass surface condenser is employed to condense the shell side vapors. x The pure and the process condensate is collected in receiving vessels. Highly efficient operating pumps have been provided to pump the needed fluid. x Plant operates under vacuum, created with the help of a water ring vacuum pump. x High level of automation is fitted to get consistent output at required concentration. x Cooling water from cooling tower is used in the surface condensers to condense the vapors. 6.2.3. Solid waste management Bagasse & press mud will be the main solid waste in the sugar mill, co-generation & distillery complex. SAIL has planned to treat these solids in a systematic way. A separate land area will be created to treat they in an eco friendly way.

116 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Thus, the required quantity of press mud is available in excess from our captive sugar mill only which is owned by the same management. 6.2.3.3. Press mud characteristics (% on dry wt. basis) No. Description Value 1. Sugar % 6 Ȃ 8 2. As fiber % 20 Ȃ 25 3. As raw protein % 8 Ȃ 10 4. Crude wax % 6 Ȃ 8 5. P2O5 % 2 Ȃ 3 6. K2O % 0.5 Ȃ 1.0 7. CaO % 3 - 4 8. N % 1.2 Ȃ 2.0 9. Ash % 8 Ȃ 10 10. Micronutrients % 2 Ȃ 3 11. Others % 15 Ȃ 20 6.2.3.6. Press mud storage yard The press mud storage yard of 75 m x 50 m will be made impervious by constructing it with 300 mm thick stone soling. 200 mm thick base garland canal to collect any leachate are rainy days water. The same water will be collected in a collection tank of 10 m x 10 m x 5 m and the same will be recycled. SAIL will adopt the state of the art continuous fermentation process with multi pressure vacuum distillation such that the generation of solid waste Yeast sludge obtained is only 0.5 Ȃ 1% of the total fermented wash quantity, too less as compared to conventional batch process. For 60 KLPD rectified spirit plant the maximum quantity of sludge produced is 1200 Ȃ 2500 Lt./day (wet basis). The sludge will be dried and used for composting. 6.2.4 Noise Environment The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is an unwanted sound, which is composed of many frequency components of different loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) are measured in decibel on the A-weighted scale, DB (A) where the A-weighted scheme accounts for the sensitivities of the human ear over the audio spectrum. 6.2.4.1 Reconnaissance Survey Identification of Sampling Locations. A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. The noise monitoring has been conducted at all identified location in the study area during the study period.

117 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Measured noise levels, displayed as a function of time, is useful for describing the acoustical climate of the community, Noise levels recorded at each station with a time interval of about 60 minutes are computed for equivalent noise levels. Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor for describing time varying noise levels. The equivalent noise level is defined mathematically as

LeqαͳͲȀσȋͳͲLn/10) Where L = Sound pressure level at function of time db (A), T = Time interval of observation Noise levels during the night time generally drop, therefore to compute Equivalent noise levels for the night time, noise levels are increased by 10db (A) as the night time high noise levels are judged more annoying compared to the day time.

Noise levels at a particular station are represented as day night equivalents (Ldn). Day night equivalent is the singlr number index designed to rate environmental noise on daily / 24 hourly basis.

Mathematically Ldn is given by:

Ldn 10 Log {1/24(16 X 10 (Ln/10) + 8 X 10(Ln+10)/10)}

Where Ld = A weighed equivalent for day time period (6am to 9am)

Ln = A weighed equivalent for night time period ( 9pm to 6 am) 6.2.4.2 Assessment of Noise Levels The main objective of noise level assessment is to identify all the sources acceptable and unacceptable to study region. The acoustical environment varies dynamically in magnitude and character throughout most communities. The noise level variation can be temporal, spectral and spatial. The maximum impact of noise is felt on urban areas, which is mostly due to the commercial activities and vehicular movement during peak hours of the day. The assessment of noise pollution in the study area has been carried out keeping the above said considerations. The existing status of noise levels within the study zone has been undertaken through reconnaissance, identification of existing noise sources, land use pattern for monitoring baseline noise levels. Project activities usually causes noise pollution. Excessive noise levels will cause adverse effects on human beings and associated environment including domestic animals, wild life, natural ecosystem and structures. To know the ambient noise levels in the study area, noise levels were recorede at the project site and nearby villages using noise level recorder.

118 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

6.2.4.3 Noise & vibration control Relevant noise emitters at SAIL are noise-making equipments such as cutters, crushers, mixers, compressors, pumps, centrifuges, blowers, cranes, conveyor belts, vacuum filters, boilers, turbo generator etc. All the equipment produce continuous noise. As deliberated in chapter -IV, noise level impacts of SAIL operations are significant only on the operators of machinery and are negligible within buffer zone. This is because the noise produced by these machinery gets dissipated due to wave divergence, atmospheric absorption and absorption by noise barriers before being even felt in the buffer zone. The continuous hammering of noise on the ears of the staff working in the factory premises may lead to some health problem like partial hearing disability, later permanent hearing disability which can be circumvented in plant by proper covering of machines, insulating screens, isolation with polycarbonate sheet or glass partition where in officers can carry out day-to-day work peacefully. Following measures are proposed to lessen noise level impacts on machinery operators and within core and buffer zone of SAIL. x Proper lubrication and regular maintenance of all the machinery used. x Development of greenery / barriers / landscaping of trees/ bushes and shrubs on 45 ha. x Reduced noise exposure to the operators of machinery by work scheduling and by providing ear protective equipment. x Use rubber sheets in packing in the foundations of machineries to prevent noise transmission to the surrounding. x Proper isolation & due covering with noise absorbing screens in noise creating areas to make them noise proof. 6.2.5. Socio-economic benefits. x Ample power will be available from local grid due to decentralization of power generation x Power from grid on no charge basis or low charge basis can be available in this area. x This can be an initiative for many units to start. x Many sorts of direct as well as indirect job opportunities will be on the horizon due to new sew sugar, distillery and co-generation complex. x This will result in an increase in income level of the employees, subsequent commercial as well as social infrastructure establishment.

119 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

x Supplementary type units can be initiated in the area like cattle preservation & protection, poultry, herbal medicinal plants, spices, pickles, papad and other food items, milk producer group co-operative small saving groups.

6.2.5.1. Command area development foe sugar cane ǯ ǡ dertake following activities in order to ensure uninterrupted sugarcane supply during the crushing season. The availability of Bagasse is entirely based on the quantity of sugarcane present in the SAIL area. It will be of prime importance to provide needed buffer stock of Bagasse in off season. As a consequence power plant may have acute shortage of fuel, thus have to plan to plant fuel wood or other biomass plantation in the area of the factory can cover this. This can be a stopgap arrangement for the fuel for boilers to produce power for around 225 days in the year. Promoters wish to have their own cane fields. Due to increased irrigation facility and good soil quality, with use of better type of seeds farmers good cane crop will be obtained in the area in near farms.

6.2.5.2. Development of Seed Nursery It is recommended to develop seed nursery for sugar cane and fuel wood or other biomass varieties for distribution of the same to the farmers in the command area. SAIL proposes to use higher yielding & high sucrose varieties like COC 671, CO86032, and CO7805. SAIL proposes to sponsor cane development plan on its own or with help of farmers in command area. Results of this policy will fetch good returns to them in next 5-7 years. 6.2.5.3. Seed Distribution Vasantdada Sugar Institute at Manjari, Dist. Pune has prepared successfully many varieties of better yield cane sugar with tissue culture & other plants also. SAIL has already planned to encourage this & implement the better seed distribution & hence development of command area. SAIL will have to raise quality seed material and meet the demand so that old seed is replaced after every five years. Sufficient seeds of new high yielding varieties should also be multiplied in the seed farm. These varieties will be systematically distributed to help the farmers to plan their cropping pattern and cultivation of early / mid late / late varieties. SAIL also proposes to take lead to assist bank loan facilities to farmers & members of sugar plant by issuing guarantee for recovery of said loans.

120 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

6.2.6. Water Management SAIL will have to take due care to water management especially in the heavy soil region. Care should also be taken for proper drainage system. The region has natural slope and the higher region is free from water logging. The inputs like pesticide, insecticide, fungicide, micro Ȃ nutrient fertilizers, seeds of green manure, organic compost are easily available. There is no difficulty in procuring crop loans and MT Loans from PACs. To implement the above mentioned programs in the command area, training programs, Kisan- mela etc. could be conducted in various parts of the operational area. Thus, the gap between potential yield actual yield could be reduced. It is to be noted that due to the developmental activities already introduced by SAIL, sugarcane cultivation has improved. Many new cane varieties have been introduced and hence it can be concluded that systematic as well as sustained efforts would help to increase the yields of sugarcane. Ultimately, farmers would undertake sugarcane cultivation and the responsibility of the promotional activity of cane cultivation has to be done effectively by the proposed SAIL farmers. Farmers are anxious about SAIL establishing the sugar factory at the proposed site. Non-member of SAIL should be attended to properly and even better than the present co- operative sugar mills. Farmers are of the view that the area of sugarcane has been increasing steadily for the last few years as some irrigation projects have come up in the command area However, following expectations from the proposed SAIL shall be taken care of: 1. Cane price should be paid on par with the existing SSKs 2. Good quality seed material of sugarcane should be provided by SAIL, as there is no source for good seed material in the command area. 3. At the time of plantation, crop loan and basal dose of fertilizer should be linked so that farmers apply the basal dose of fertilizer 4. SAIL should make arrangement for soil testing and accordingly fertilizer doses should be recommended. It should be done not only for members of SSK but also for all farmers who supply sugarcane to SAIL 5. SAIL should provide the seeds of green manure. It is reported by a number of farmers that organic fertilizer coupled with chemical fertilizers if applied in balanced quantity, give a considerably higher yield of sugarcane particularly in medium and light soils. Thus, it is necessary that organic fertilizer be utilized to increase the sugar yield.

121 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

6. SAIL has already undertaken construction of permanent metal roads in the command areas to mitigate SPM and to reduce noise pollution. 7. Due to benefits accrued from the irrigation project, the number of electric pumps operating in the area as well as new pump connections would increase and there would be a long waiting list for electricity shortage and low voltage problems. SAIL would ensure constant and continuous electricity supply for agricultural operations. 8. Farmers should be imparted training in sugarcane cultivation. 9. All studies, which are made available by the existing SSKs to their own members, should be provided to other sugarcane growers also. 10. Press mud- ash mixing and bio- ǯǤ 11. Interest rates on NRD and RD should be uniform in case of non-members as well as members. 12. In some of the villages, new lift irrigations schemes should be promoted. 13. Timely payment should be made to farmers.

6.3 RAIN WATER HARVESTING It is an activity to store rain water during rainy seasons also to conserve surface and ground water, prevent losses of evaporation, seepage for best probable use of such rainwater for the betterment of humanity. Water is an essential commodity its availability on the ground surface is definite. As the population goes on increasing per capita need of one man and thus total requirement of water is increasing day by day. If proper measures are not proposed and implanted water scarcity can occur surely. With the use of store of rain water each house and even small piece of land can store enough water for his use. Rain water is available in the purest form from the atmosphere it may get contaminated and may not be use for drinking purpose, but for domestic and agricultural it can be useful. In many villages in India such stored water is not available as the Grampanchayats lack funds needed for the same almost 80% of the villages depend upon water uptake from rivers, wells, barrages irrigation schemes etc. With a simple common idea not to let the rain water to drain almost 30-40% of the water needs of a man can be available. It also helps to raise the water table in the area in the vicinity. In brief the idea is described as follows: 1. On each roof of the house rain water collection arrangement is made. 2. On the ground floor suitable cement , HDP or MS tank be prepared 3. Natural water filtration and further store be arranged

122 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

4. Filtration device contains gravals, coarse and fine sand, next by mixing with finely divided charcoal powder the soluble impurities, colors, odours if any will be adsorbed and removed. 5. Thus, potable water can be store near the house. 6. Excess water may be transferred to nearby wells, tube well. Once it is stored and is available during crucial period of water shortage from March to July its availability in time can be realized. With such arrangement to collect and store rain water, proper harvesting at a time of need in summer season in plant area will surely help the people to avoid their struggle for water and for their existence. The incident rain water quantity available for harvesting can be estimated. In Phaltan tahasil around 473mm rainfall is incident. The storage tank can be designed on basis of rainfall patterns and volume, the duration of the dry period and, of course, the estimate of demand. Sometimes sophisticated calculations are involved, but these tend not to take into account human behavior and the willingness to use water if it is available and not to conserve it for future use, in the hope that the dry spell will soon be over. The run-off from a roof is directly proportional to the quantity of rainfall and the plan area of the roof. For every one millimetre of rain a square meter of roof area will yield one litre of water, less evaporation, spillage losses and wind effects. The run-off coefficient accounts for losses due to splashing, evaporation, leakage and overflow and is normally taken to be 0.8. The rain water calculation is as below: Annual Rainfall in the area is = 553 mm/year Available catchment = 29949 m2 Roof Run off coefficient = 0.8 S = R x A x Cr = (553 x 29949 x 0.8) /1000 = 13249437.6 /1000 = 13249.44 m3 / season ie. 37.2 Where, S = Mean rainwater supply in m3 R = Annual rainfall in mm/year A = Surface area of catchment in m2 Cr = Run-off coefficient Dimension of storage tank of 9m x 9m x 3m will be made. These tanks are made of concrete or ferro cement.

123 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. 6.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MEASURES Discipline Potential impacts and Mitigation measures Administrative Aspect Monitoring Source Implementatio Monitoring Parameters n During Construction Phase Topography Change in topography The total land of the existing and proposed Civil Department Finance Measurement of due to expansion of Project is ------acres. The existing plant is Department material handling Sugar, Distillery and already constructed, thus, major layouting, Cogen Plant. road construction, services & storm water drains have been laid out. The land is levelled, thus, no major digging or by filling will be required. Drainage ¾ Disturbance to ¾ The existing plant is already Civil Department Plant Checking of sheet flow constructed, thus, major layouting, road Manager maintenance of ¾ Disturbance to construction, services & storm water drains surface reservoir & natural drains have been laid out. Thus, rainwater runoff garland drains evacuation will be continued through existing system. ¾ No natural drain is passing through the site,thus, no disturbance will occur ¾ It is proposed that the runoff be diverted to the surface water harvesting pond through drainage system Water quality ¾ Suspended solids ¾ During monsoon season run off from Civil Department Environment Verification of due to soil run-off construction site will be routed to a Environmental al Engineer settling tank & during heavy temporary sedimentation tank for Engineer Plant septic tank system precipitation. settlement of suspended solids before Manager Water quality from ¾ Domestic waste release of water. settling tank & of water (sewage) from ¾ Domestic waste water shall be treated overflow from workers in plant & in septic tank- soak pit system. septic tanks system residential areas Air quality ¾ Increase in dust ¾ Isolate the construction area with ¾ Civil ¾ Enviro ¾ Verifying concentration due to flexible enclosures/ curtains so that the air department nmental construction of

124 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. Discipline Potential impacts and Mitigation measures Administrative Aspect Monitoring Source Implementatio Monitoring Parameters n construction vehicular emissions will not spread in the engineer enclosures movement, excavation surroundings. ¾ Verification and material handling ¾ Sprinkling of water in the of log of sprinkling activities construction area and unpaved roads. & actual site Proper maintenance of vehicles shall be conditions done. ¾ Verifying ¾ Cover heavy vehicles moving offsite. cover on trucks and ¾ Restrict vehicles speed on construction of construction roads and ensure vehicles use speed breakers only dedicated construction roads and ¾ Records of access points. PUC of vehicles ¾ Ensure PUC for vehicle and carryout regular maintenance on all plant and equipment. Noise Increase in noise level ¾ Equipment to be kept in maintained ¾ Civil ¾ Enviro ¾ Noise levels due to construction condition to keep the noise level within 90 Department nmental at site equipment. dB(A). engineer ¾ Verification ¾ Develop and implement a of PPE of workers construction noise management plan. through surprise ¾ Limit hours of construction where checks practical. Workers will be provided with necessary protective equipment e.g. earplug, earmuffs. Terrestrial Clearing of vegetation Landscaping and extensive plantation shall Civil department Environment Verification by ecology due to soil handling be done. al engineer observation activities Excavated Loss of excavated top The top soil shall be properly stored and Civil department Environment Verification by soil soil used in green belt and for leveling in the low al engineer observation lying area within areas to be constructed.

125 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. During Operational phase Air quality ¾ SPM, SO2 and ¾ The resultant air quality will conform ¾ Analysts ¾ EMC ¾ Online NOx levels in ambient to the stipulated standards. & environmental coordinator monitoring in stack air due to stack ¾ 75 m height stack will be provided for engineers of ¾ Plant for PM, SO2, NOx, emission due to the proper dispersion of pollutants. Environmental head CO, etc operation of additional ¾ Particulate emission from stacks Management ¾ Third party boiler expected to be below standards Department periodical ambient ¾ Increase in ¾ Dust suppression by sprinkling water air quality ground level will be implemented in storage yards, as monitoring for concentrations (GLC) applicable. PM2.5, PM10, SO2, during vehicle ¾ Vehicles used for transportation of NOx, CO, etc movement for sugar cane as well as finished product would ¾ Verification evacuation of product be a bullock cart, Tractors and Trucks and of cover of trucks, will be ensures for PUC, in case of motorised tractors, dust vehicle. suppression ¾ Greenbelt/ green cover development measures & programs will be undertaken around the plantation plant in the available area. Terrestrial ¾ Impact on plant ¾ Control and disperse emission ¾ Housekee ¾ HOD, ¾ Inventory of ecology species due emission through and appropriate ESP & stack height. ping & EMD trees planted with from stack As ambient air quality will be within limits, Gardeners ¾ Plant species and ¾ Planting trees no active injury to the vegetation is expected head survival rate within premises ¾ Extensive tree plantation will be ¾ Area under ¾ Impact on fauna carried out and proposed and any tree cut plantation and flora will get compensated manifold ¾ Height and ¾ Boundary wall will be developed girth to be annually around the plant so that there is no measured interaction with the fauna of the ¾ Inspection surrounding except birds and small of boundary wall mammals who make their way into the planted areas of the industry. The air emissions also reduce to a level that has negligible impact Noise ¾ Noise levels in ¾ Equipment will be designed to ¾ Civil ¾ EMC ¾ Noise level

126 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. the plant area due to conform to noise levels prescribed by department coordinator ¾ Vibration equipment in main plant regulatory agencies ¾ Housekee ¾ Plant level and auxiliaries. ¾ High noise generating equipment ping & head ¾ Tree ¾ Noise due to would be acoustically shrouded or housed in Gardeners inventory as in traffic movement acoustic enclosure & provided with vibration ¾ Safety previous point dampners. Officer ¾ Verification ¾ Provision of green belt and plantation ¾ Drivers/ of PPE would further help in attenuating noise. vehicle ¾ Employees working in high noise contractors areas are provided with earplugs/earmuffs as protective device. ¾ Vehicles will be maintained as per manufacturers schedule Traffic Impact on infrastructure ¾ Provision of the proper parking yard Housekeeping EMC Verification by impacts and impact on air and maintenance of roads and coordinator observation quality and noise due to transportation vehicles. vehicular movement ¾ Use of covered trucks for transportation of products to make spill- proof. Demography During the construction ¾ Plant will generate direct ¾ Human ¾ Plant ¾ Employment and socio- phase, no family will employment. The preference will be given to resources head and domicile economics migrate from the core local population for employment in the semi- ¾ Welfare records zone as there is no skilled and unskilled category. officer ¾ CSR habitation. Therefore, ¾ Indirect employment will be created compliances no impact on by the plant for supply of daily domestic demographic profile of goods, services, transportation, etc. the area is foreseen. The ¾ Additional facilities will be developed land is already in by the project proponent in surrounding possession of the villages as part of CSR. company, hence there are no land losers for expansion phase. There will be influx of operating personnel

127 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. Greenbelt Air and noise pollution Green Belt will be provided all along the Housekeeping & EMC Verification by due to emissions from periphery of the project area and vacant Gardener coordinator observation stack and noise levels areas in the plant, along roads etc. Part of the Treated waste due to the equipment. treated wastewater from the plant will be water reuse log used for greenbelt development. books Fire and Accidents/disasters ¾ Prepare and implement Disaster ¾ Safety ¾ Plant ¾ Verification Safety related to fire and safety Management Plan (DMP). Officer head of approvals from ¾ A well-laid fire fighting system and factory inspector fire extinguishers will be installed as per fire ¾ Fire fighting safety norms. approvals ¾ Regular fire safety training and mock ¾ Training and drills will be conducted. mock drill records Solid Waste ¾ Management of ¾ Bagasse will be used in boiler for ¾ Cogen ¾ Plant ¾ Log of bagasse, press mud, cogen plant incharge head bagasse, press mud, yeast sludge, biological ¾ Composting of pressmud, yeast ¾ Housekee fly ash generation sludge, etc sludge, biological sludge, etc ping incharge and utilisation ¾ Pollution of air ¾ Fly ash, due to high potash content, ¾ ETP ¾ Log of solid due to ash handling will be used with press mud to convert to operator waste handling and ¾ Municipal solid compost disposal waste due to everyday ¾ Municipal solid waste due to ¾ Log books of sweeping, canteen and everyday sweeping, canteen and domestic ETP domestic activities activities will be used as manure. Non ¾ Surprise ¾ Sludge from biodegradable products shall be sold to checks water and waste water authorized vendors. ¾ Verification treatment systems ¾ The sludge from water and waste by observation ¾ Miscellaneous water treatment systems shall be composted wastes from plant and used as manure horticulture. Treated waste water will be used for irrigation of green belt in project area. Thermal Heating of receiving Since a re-circulating cooling system with ¾ Cogen EMC Periodic pollution waters and air from cooling tower shall be adopted, no thermal plant incharge coordinator verification of Boiler blow down, pollution is anticipated. Guard pond shall be guard pond for cooling tower blow there to receive and cool the water prior to maintained down and stack use in horticulture, etc conditions

128 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. emissions. Liquid Pollution of surface and ¾ All waste water from different units ¾ Unit ¾ Enviro ¾ Quality Effluent ground water, within the plant are recirculated, reused and operators nmental parameters propagation of vectors, recycled completely engineer ¾ Log books creation of odour due to ¾ All treated wastewater shall meet ¾ EMC ¾ Inspection effluents from sugar applicable standards. coordinator unit, distillery, cooling ¾ water from evaporator condensate of tower blow down, boiler Sugar and distillery units shall be recycled blow down, water ¾ Sewage will be treated in septic tank treatment systems, system waste water treatment systems, domestic sewage, etc

Health and Injury ¾ Working as per approved plans. ¾ Safety ¾ Plant ¾ Examination Safety ¾ Periodical Medical Examination. officer head records ¾ Extensive publicity and propaganda ¾ Training related to safety. records

129 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

6.5 BUDGET PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT The management will set aside adequate funds in its annual budget to fulfill the stated objectives of the environmental policy. For environmental management capital equipment includes ESP, effluent treatment plant, pipelines and channels for wastewater discharge, green belt development, and the environment laboratory. The estimated operating cost for environmental management is approximately as shown below: Sr. Particulars Capital Recurring Cost No Cost per Annum in Lakhs lakhs 1 Air pollution control ESP 380.00 20.0 2 Water pollution control ETP 520.00 2.5 3 Solid Waste Managment 100.00 1.0 3 Noise pollution control 1.00 0.10 4 Occupational Health 2.00 1.0 5 Environment Monitoring and management - 1.0 6 Green Belt Development 2.00 0.2 7 Others-Consultation and Training - 0.5 Total 1003.5 26.5

6.6 Occupational Health & Safety During operation Stage, health hazards shall be due to gas cutting, welding, noise and high temperature and micro ambient conditions especially near the boiler and platforms, which may lead to adverse effects(heat cramps, heat exhaustion and heat stress reaction) leading to local and systematic disorders. The precautionary measures, which are proposed to be followed to reduce the risk due to dust on workers, engaged in and around the material handling areas. ¾ Afforestation will be undertaken in the plant. The tree cover acts as a very good sink for both gaseous as well as particulate pollutants. ¾ Due care will be taken to maintain continuous water supply in the water spraying system and all efforts would be made to suppress the dust. ¾ Almost all material handling systems shall be automatic i.e unmannesd. The workers engaged in material handling system will be provide with personal protective equipment like dust masks, respirators, helmets, face shields etc. ¾ All workers engaged in material handling system will be regularly examined for lung diseases such as PFT (Pulmonary Function Test) Test ¾ Any worker found to develop symptoms of dust related diseases will be changed over to other jobs in cleaner areas.

130 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

¾ Thermal insulation will be provided wherever necessary to minimize heat radiation from the equipment, piping, etc. to ensure protection of workers.

Insulation shall be done by adequate cleats, wire nets, jackets, etc to avoid loosening. Insulation thickness is so selected that the covering jacket surface temperature dose not exceed the surrounding ambient temperature by nore than 15oc. the effect of thermal pollution of air will be negligible considering the atmosphere as the ultimate heat sink. 6.7 Green Belt and Afforestation Plan 6.7.1 Background and Proposal The potential value of vegetation in controlling air pollution has been well recognized. Trees can filter particulates and are effective as sink of pollutant. Vegetation also reduces noise level and regulates the oxygen balance in the area by consuming released carbon dioxide. Development of green belt is therefore now a days imperative around complexes. SAIL shall plant variety of trees over an area of 25 acres. The entire plant area shall be protected through wired fencing. Additional afforestation shall be taken up along roadside and pathways in an area of 2 acres. Suitable plant species shall be selected and planted based on the factors like availability of local species, resistance to pollutants, plant layout, meteorological conditions etc. Such green areas would not only improve the flora status as well as the look of the area, but also serve the dual purpose of arrest of any fugitive dust from unpaved or open areas and also help to abate the noise effects through dampening effect and replenish the oxygen and ameliorating the surrounding temperature.

6.7.2 Design of Green Belt Following guidelines will be considered in green belt development. The spacing between the trees will be maintained slightly less than the noemal spaces, so that the trees may grow vertically and slightly increase the effective height of the green belt. Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation. In the front row, shrubs consisting of callistemon, prosopis etc. will be grown. Since the trunks of the tall trees are generally devoid of folige, it will be useful to have shrubs in front of the trees so as to give coverage to this portion. Shrubs and trees will be planted in enriching rows around the project site.

131 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

The short trees ( <0m height) will be planted in the first two rows (towords plant side) of the green belt. The tall trees(> 10 m height) will be planted in the outer three rows ( away from plant side). 6.8 Health The company shall strive to maintain public health in the area by way of conducting or sponsoring programs such as free eye camps, diabetes and cancer detection camps, inoculation and vaccination programs etc. it shall also offer the services of Ambulance or any other such vehicle in case of emergencies to the needy locals. 6.8.1 Safety Policy and Regulations Keeping in view of the safety requirement during construction, operation and maintenance phase, SAIL has formulated safety policy with the following regulations. - To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions at work place. - To take steps to ensure that all known safety factor are taken in to account in the design, construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and equipment. - To ensure that adequate safety instruction are given to all employees. - To provide wherever necessary, protective equipment, safety appliances and clothing and to ensure their proper use. - To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their work area known to be potentially hazardous to health and safety. - To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making neceaasry changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience and up to date knowledge. - To provide appropriate instruction, training and supervision in health and safety, first aid anf to ensure that adequate publicity is given to these matters. - To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention and an appropriate fire fighting services together with training facilities for personnel involved in this service. - To ensure that professional advice is made available wherever potentially hazardous situations exit or might arise - To organize collection, analysis & presentation of data on accident, sickness & incident involving personal injury to health with a view to taking corrective, remedial & preventive action. - To promote through the establishment machinery, joint consultation in health & safety matters to ensure effective participation by all employees.

132 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

- To publish/ notify regulation, instruction and notice in the common language of employees. - To prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/process involved in a project. - To ensure regular safety inspection by a component person at suitable intervals of all buildings equipment, work places and operations.

6.8.2 Fire Fighting & protection System ¾ SAIL shall provide adequate number of wall/column mounted type portable fire extinguishers in various strategic areas of the plant including the control room, administration building, stores, pump house etc. these portable fire extinguishers shall be basically of carbon sioxide and dry powder type. ¾ Fire hydrants at suitable locations for boiler area, fuel handling & storage area. ¾ Medium velocity water sprays system. ¾ Necessary electric driven, Jocky pumps with piping valves & instrumentation for safe operation. Corporate Social Responsibility 6.9 CSR provision by SAIL SAIL is planning for develop nearby villages as per the identified requirement of the region under CSR activity. This will increase the social and economical sector of the region. SAIL has decided to adopt three nearby villages to implement CSR. The identified villages are Kapashi. Ghadgewadi, & Thakubaichiwadi. These villages were selected on the basis of shortfall of basic amenities. Majorly these villages are depending on the agriculture. Following are the identified provision for the area: x Capacity Building and Training for vocational Courses x Village infrastructure x Sustainable power development x Drinking water facility x Women Empowerment trough training and financial support x Education Support through Extension of Building, Scholarship, Books x Primary Health Centers through health camps, upgradation of Building, New Building etc x Agriculture Development Program

133 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

6.9.1 Capacity Building and Training for vocational Courses SAIL will provide the vocational training for youth as per their qualification and interest. This will enable them to get employment at proposed power plant. It will increase their social and economical status. SAIL will implement this by hiring the proper and renowned institute from nearby area (possibly Kapashi) to arrange the trainings. SAIL will form a supervisory committee to inspect all the activities and also take care of the requirement for the training program. 6.9.2 ACTION PLAN FOR IDENTIFICATION OF LOCAL EMPLOYEE Employee youth for training in skill relevant to the project for eventual employment in the project itself shall be as under Ȃ Identification of employable Youth SAIL will continuously have interactions with Schools, Junior Colleges, Industrial Training Schools located in Phaltan taluka. Training Division of SAIL will have campus interview in the Schools, Junior College, Industrial training Schools located in Phaltan taluka. After selecting the youth they will be provided ITI training in the following areas 1. Fitters 2. Welders 3. Carpenters 4. bar bending 5. Mason 6. Maintenance of Pumps and other mechanical equipments 7. Electrical Maintenance 8. Environment Monitoring 9. Green belt Development ( Gardner Training) 10. Laboratory Chemist ( Water Testing) 11. Brick Manufacturing 12. Vehicle Driver After successful training the youths will be appointed at appropriate position in SAIL. 6.9.3 Village infrastructure SAIL shall support villagers in Road, sanitation facilities, shopping centers, solar lighting, community development, construct school building, primary health centers etc. 6.9.4 Drinking water facility SAIL has proposed to make provision for drinking water at the said villages. SAIL will meet this requirement by constructing water storage tank, bore wells and hand pumps.

134 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

6.9.5 Women Empowerment trough training and financial support SAIL has proposed to develop the training center as handy craft making, household goods making, tailoring etc. It will increase the economic level of the region. 6.9.6 Education Support through Extension of Building, Scholarship, Books SAIL is planning to improve educational level of the region. It will be implemented by helping school building construction, providing books to poor student, scholarship to financially poor students per year as per their previous academic record. This will motivate the student in education. SAIL will give opportunity to educated youth to work in plant. 6.9.7 Primary Health Centers through health camps, up-gradation of Building, New Building etc SAIL is willing to help in setup of primary health center, running free checkup camps, help in building hospitals and buying machineries, funding to health centers etc, 6.9.8 Agriculture Development Program Training on agriculture extension service e.g fertilizer application, paste management, agri clinic, and will regularly be conducted by reputed agriculture institutes. 6.9.10 BUDGETARY COMMITMENT OF CSR Sr. Rs, in Activity no lakhs 1 Capacity Building Training for vocational Courses 80 2 Village infrastructure, 36 3 Drinking water facility in villages nearby 30 4 Women Empowerment trough training and financial support 36 5 Education Support through Extension of Building, Scholarship, Books 22 6 Primary Health Centers through health camps, 37 7 Agriculture Extension Program 41 8 Total 282 9 Cost of implementation 5% of 1 to 7 14.1 10 Administrative and Misc. Expenses for monitoring and evaluation 5% of 1 to 7 14.1 11 Contingency @5 % of 1 to 7 14.1 Total for 1 year 324.3 Total for 5 year 1621.5

6.9.11 CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION (CREP) GUIDELINES IMPLEMENTION Industrial development is an important constituent in our pursuits for economic growth, employment generation and betterment in the quality of life. On the other hand, industrial activities, without proper precautionary measures for environmental protection are known to

135 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. cause pollution and associated problems. Hence, it is necessary to comply with the regulatory norms for prevention and control of pollution. Alongside, it is also imperative to go beyond compliance through adoption of clean technologies and improvement in management practices. Commitment and voluntary initiatives of industry for responsible care of the environment will help in building a partnership for pollution control. SUGAR INDUSTRY Sr. No. CREP Guidelines by CPCB Implementation and expansion by Industry Waste Water Management As per guidelines Operation of ETP is already in operation for existing ETP shall be started atleast one capacity it will be enhanced as per month before starting of cane requirement of Expansion of project. crushing to achieve desired MLSS so as to meet the prescribed standards from day one of the operation of mill. Reduce wastewater generation Waste water generation is very less and to 100 litres per tonne of cane whatever the wastewater is generated will be treat and reuse in the industry itself To achieve zero discharge in Generated wastewater will be treated and inland surface water bodies reuse in the industry itself and provide for irrigation purpose To provide 15 days storage 15 days storage is provided capacity for treated effluent to take care of no demand for irrigation during monsoon Emission Control To install /bag filter /high Bag filter is already installed and efficiency scrubber to comply maintained for existing plant with standards for particulate matter emission to< 150 mg/Nm3 COGEN POWER PLANT Sr. No. CREP Guidelines by CPCB Implementation and expansion by Industry Emission minimization 1 Authority to examine possibility Emission will be maintained well within to reduce the particulate matter the limit, from stack by installing ESP with emissions to 100 mg/Nm3. The high efficiency of 99.99% and roads are studies shall also suggest the already paved roads, therefore there will road map to meet 100 mg/Nm3 not generation PM from vehicular traffic. wherever found feasible. Development of SO2 & NOx Baggase content very negligible amount of emission standards SO2 & NOx Maintenance

136 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Install/activate capacity Will be installed meters/ continuous monitoring system in all the units with proper calibration system Development of guidelines/ Not Applicable standards for mercury and other toxic heavy metals emissions. Review of stack height Stack height for proposed plant is planned requirement and guidelines for 75m, which is calculated CPCB and MoEF power plants based on micro approved guidelines meteorological data. Power plants will sign fuel Fuel is own baggase. supply agreement (FSA) Dry ash to the users outside the Dry ash will be collected and send to send premises or uninterrupted to compost. access to the users within six months

DISTILLERIES Sr. No. CREP Guidelines by CPCB Implementation and expansion by Industry Waste disposal Compost making with press Incinerator boiler is proposed mud/agricultural residue/ Municipal Waste Utilization of spent wash by the Zero Discharge is proposed distilleries to achieve zero discharge of spent wash in inland surface water courses Maintenance Monitoring Task Force EMC will be created consisting of CPCB, SPCB, Experts and industry shall be constituted for monitoring the implementation of action points.

137 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

CHAPTER 7 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

138 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

7.1 MONITORING SYSTEM 7.1.1 Formation of Environmental Management Cell (EMC) Monitoring and feedback becomes essential to ensure that the mitigation measures planned by way of environmental protection function efficiently during the entire period of SAIL operation. Hence, an environmental management cell comprising senior officials may be constituted. EMC will perform following functions: x Monthly review of environmental problems and monitoring of installation / performance / maintenance of pollution control measures. x Enforcement of latest rules and regulations under relevant Environmental protection Acts. x Preparation of budgetary estimates to seek sanctions for new pollution control measures if required and / or for up-gradation of existing ones based on new technologies. x Emergency planning x EMC shall meet at least once a month and take stock of progress of work relating to decisions taken and targets set in the previous meeting. Structure of Management Cell

139 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Formation of Task Force A task force having organizational set-up as presented in m Figure J comprising SAIL staff of various grades shall be constituted. The task force will ensure following tasks: x Monitoring activities within core and buffer zone of SAIL will be conducted x Monitoring of efficiency of pollution control schemes. x Preparation of maintenances schedule of pollution control equipment and treatment plants and see that it is followed strictly. x Inspection and regular cleaning of setting tanks, drainage system etc. x Green Ȃbelt development x Water and energy conservation x Good housekeeping x Appraising EMC on regular basis 7.1.2 Monitoring Program Monitoring schedule given by SPCB will be strictly followed to ensure the success of environmental management activities. In general, the monitoring schedule shall be as follows: Ambient air monitoring x Monitoring of ambient air quality within 10 km radius of SAIL at 8 stations. x Pollutants monitored shall be Suspended Particulate Matter, Sulphur Dioxide and Oxides of Nitrogen. Monitoring shall be carried out on alternate days throughout the year. Metrology Monitoring of meteorological data (Wind Speed, Wind Direction, Maximum and Minimum Temperature, Relative Humidity and Cloud Cover) at any single representative station location on ambient air monitoring days. Water monitoring Surface Water Sources Sampling of Nira Canal water located within buffer zone of SAIL shall be carried out once in 6 months. Three grab samples shall be collected at the rate of one sample each on 3 different days. Ground Water Sources Sampling of ground water from 8 existing open-wells located within 10 km buffer zone of SAIL shall be carried out once in 3 months.

140 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Analysis of samples collected from effluent, surface and ground water sources shall be carried out for parameters stated in the consent issued by State Pollution Control Board. Soil testing Soil samples from various agriculture fields in the command area shall be regularly collect and analysed in order to confirm optimum doses of fertilizers to be used by the farmers in order to ensure maximum sugarcane yield. Noise monitoring Hourly noise levels shall be monitored near all the noise making equipments for a period of 8 hours. Hourly noise level shall also be monitored for 8 hours in situated near SAIL site. 7.2 LABORATORY FACILITIES AND MONITORING PLAN 7.2.1 MONITORING FACILITY It is proposed to get the monitoring work done from the laboratory of Maharashtra State Pollution Control Board initially. In due course of time SAIL may acquire-monitoring equipments namely High Volume Samplers, Stack Monitoring Kit, Automatic recording Weather Monitoring Station, Noise Monitoring Equipments etc. for carrying out environmental monitoring work. The in house monitoring shall be highly recommended to save the cost incurred. LABORATORY FACILITIES AND MONITORING PLAN I. MONITORING PLAN A comprehensive monitoring program is suggested. Environmental attributes should be monitored as given below: AIR POLLUTION AND METROLOGICAL ASPECSTS Both ambient air quality and stack emissions should be monitored. It is also proposed that continuous monitoring of SPM. Nox and SO2 emissions be undertaken in the major stacks. The ambient air should be monitored in line with the guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board. WATER AND WASTE WATER QUALITY All the effluents emanating from the plant shall be monitored for their physico-chemical characteristics and heavy metals. In addition ground water samples surrounding the waste storage area will be monitored. NOISE LEVELS Noise levels in the work zone environment shall be monitored. The frequency should be once in three months in the work zone. II LABORATPRY FACILITIES

141 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Laboratory is provided with man power and facilities for self monitoring of pollutants generated in the industry and also it effects on the receiving soil, water body and atmosphere. The laboratory is equipped with instruments and chemicals required for monitoring following pollution parameters. a. For water pH, Temp, BOD, C.O.D. T.D.S., CI, SO4, PO4 N,Na, K,D.O. etc b. For gases

Velocity, temp, SPM, SO2, Nox, CO and from the stack. SPM, SO2 Nox, RSPM from Ambient air c. Meteorology Wind speed and direction temperature, relative humidity and rainfall. iii. RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED Following records will be maintained by the environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facilities x Log sheet for Recording ETP results for waste water. x Log sheet for Operation of A.P.C. plant. x Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of ETP, APC etc. x Log sheets for self monitoring of ETP & APC etc. x Manual for monitoring of Air, Water and Soil for Ambient conditions x Instruction manual for monitoring of water, solid and gaseous parameter discharged from the factory and also for various parameters of pollution control facilities. x Statutory records as per the Environmental Acts. x Monthly and annual progress reports. IV SAMPLING SCHEDULE AND LOCATIONS Post project monitoring schedule for various environmental parameters is given in Table Ȃ Particulars location Frequency Ambient Air Quality 2 samples down wind direction at 24 hr sample half 500m and 1000m yearly 1 sample at up wind direction at 500m Flue gas from Chimney for Sampling port of chimney Monthly flow rate PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX Meteorological data Site Daily Ground Water 1 Km from spent wash tank 2 Half Yearly location on downward drainage pattern 1 on upward drainage

142 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

3 location in buffer zone River water 1 each down and upstream Quarterly Soil Nearby Farmers land Pre and post Monsoon Waste Water At site final discharge point Daily

The solid, liquid or gases discharged from the factory are analyzed at the sampling points indicated below by the factory as self monitoring system. Process Water Sampling Wastes Sampling Point A. Waste water Final outlet gutter of treated effluent (daily) B. Flue gas Sampling port of chimney (once a month ) Ambient Air Sampling Ambient sampling is done as per the details given below x Ambient air At 500 meter from the chimney for SPM & SO2 down Steam direction of wind (twice a year) x Ambient air At 1000 meter from the chimney in Downward direction of wind ( twice a year ) x Soil samples from the agriculture land utilizing the press mud and effluent water for agriculture ( once a year ) x Water From Bore well in the vicinity of the factory, ( twice a year)

143 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

CHAPTER 8 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

144 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

8.0 RISK ASSESSMENT Industrial accidents results in great personal and financial loss. Managing these accidental risks ǯ ǡ real or perceived incidents can quickly jeopardize the financial viability of a business. Many facilities involve various manufacturing processes that have the potential for accidents which may be catastrophic to the plant, work force, environment, or public. The main objective of the risk assessment study is to propose a comprehensive but simple approach to carry out risk analysis and conducting feasibility studies for industries and planning and management of industrial prototype hazard analysis study in Indian context. Risk analysis and risk assessment should provide details on Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) techniques used world-over to determine risk posed to people who work inside or live near hazardous facilities, and to aid in preparing effective emergency response plans by delineating a Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to handle onsite and offsite emergencies. Hence, QRA is an invaluable method for making informed risk-based process safety and environmental impact planning decisions, as well as being fundamental to any facility-siting decision-making. QRA whether, site-specific or risk-specific for any plant is complex and needs extensive study that involves process understanding, hazard identification, consequence modeling, probability data, vulnerability models/data, local weather and terrain conditions and local population data. QRA may be carried out to serve the following objectives. 1) Identification of safety areas 2) Identification of hazard sources 3) Generation of accidental release scenarios for escape of hazardous materials from the facility 4) Identification of vulnerable units with recourse to hazard indices 5) Estimation of damage distances for the accidental release scenarios with recourse to Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) analysis 6) Hazard and Operability studies (HAZOP) in order to identify potential failure cases of significant consequences 7) Estimation of probability of occurrences of hazardous event through fault tree analysis and computation of reliability of various control paths 8) Assessment of risk on the basis of above evaluation against the risk acceptability criteria relevant to the situation 9) Suggest risk mitigation measures based on engineering judgement, reliability and risk

145 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

analysis approaches 10) Delineation / up-gradation of Disaster Management Plan (DMP). 11) Safety Reports: with external safety report/ occupational safety report

The risk assessment report may cover the following in terms of the extent of damage with resource to MCA analysis and delineation of risk mitigations measures with an approach to DMP. x Hazard identification - identification of hazardous activities, hazardous materials, past accident records, etc. x Hazard quantification - consequence analysis to assess the impacts of Risk Presentation x Risk Mitigation Measures x Disaster Management Plans

Predictive methods for estimating risk should cover all the design intentions and operating parameters to quantify risk in terms of probability of occurrence of hazardous events and magnitude of its consequence. 8.1 Risk Assessment Process and Risk Analysis Methodologies It is the process of identifying and analyzing inherent and residual risks to the achievement of ǯ Ǥ

146 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

RISK ANALYSIS METHODOLOGIES Quantitative Method 8.1.1 Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) QRA is a mathematical approach to engineers to predict the risks of accidents and give guidance on appropriate means of minimizing them. Nevertheless, while it uses scientific methods and verifiable data, QRA is a rather immature and highly judgmental technique, and its results have a large degree of uncertainty. Despite this, many branches of engineering have found that QRA can give useful guidance. However, QRA should not be the only input to decision-making about safety, as other techniques based on experience and judgment may be appropriate as well. Risk assessment does not have to be quantitative, and adequate guidance on minor hazards can often be obtained using a qualitative approach. The Key Components of QRA It is a very flexible structure, and has been used to guide the application of risk assessment to many different hazardous activities. With minor changes to the wording, the structure can be used for qualitative risk assessment as well as for QRA. The first stage is system definition, defining the installation or the activity whose risks are to be analyzed. The scope of work for the QRA should define the boundaries for the study, identifying which activities are included and which are excluded, and which phases of the installation's life are to be addressed. Then hazard identification consists of a qualitative review of possible accidents that may occur, based on previous accident experience or judgment where necessary. There are several formal techniques for this, which are useful in their own right to give a qualitative appreciation of the range and magnitude of hazards and indicate appropriate mitigation measures. This qualitative evaluation is described in this guide as 'hazard assessment'. In a QRA, hazard identification uses similar techniques, but has a more precise purpose - selecting a list of possible failure cases that are suitable for quantitative modeling. Once the hazards have been identified, frequency analysis estimates how likely it is for the accidents to occur. The frequencies are usually obtained from analysis of previous accident experience, or by some form of theoretical modeling. In parallel with the frequency analysis, consequence modeling evaluates the resulting effects if the accidents occur, and their impact on personnel, equipment and structures, the environment or business. Estimation of the consequences of each possible event often requires some form of computer modeling, but may be based on accident experience or judgments if appropriate. When the frequencies and consequences of each modeled event have been estimated, they can

147 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. be combined to form measures of overall risk. Various forms of risk presentation may be used. Risk to life is often expressed in two complementary forms: 1. Individual risk - the risk experienced by an individual person. 2. Group (or societal) risk - the risk experienced by the whole group of people exposed to the hazard. Up to this point, the process has been purely technical, and is known as risk analysis. The next stage is to introduce criteria, which are yardsticks to indicate whether the risks are acceptable, or to make some other judgment about their significance. This step begins to introduce non- technical issues of risk acceptability and decision-making, and the process is then known as risk assessment. In order to make the risks acceptable, risk reduction measures may be necessary. The benefits from these measures can be evaluated by repeating the QRA with them in place, thus introducing an iterative loop into the process. The economic costs of the measures can be compared with their risk benefits using cost-benefit analysis. The results of QRA are some form of input to the design or ongoing safety management of the installation, depending on the objectives of the study. Qualitative Method x Preliminary risk analysis x Hazard and operability studies(HAZOP) x Failure mode and effects analysis(FMEA/FMECA) x Discussion and conclusion 8.1.2 QUALITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS METHODOLOGIES In the this section, we will deal with the qualitative methods used in risk analysis namely preliminary risk analysis(PHA), hazard and operability study(HAZOP), and failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA/FMECA). Preliminary Risk Analysis Preliminary Risk Analysis Preliminary risk analysis or hazard analysis a qualitative technique which involves a disciplined analysis of the event sequences which could transform a potential hazard into an accident. In this technique, the possible undesirable events are identified first and then analysed separately. For each undesirable events or hazards, possible improvements, or preventive measures are then formulated. The result from this methodology provides a basis for determining which categories of hazard should be looked into more closely and which analysis methods are most suitable. Such an

148 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. analysis also proved valuable in the working environment to which activities lacking safety measures can be readily identified. With the aid of a frequency/ consequence diagram, the identified hazards can then be ranked according to risk, allowing measures to be prioritized to prevent accidents. Mitigation Measures The purpose of mitigation is to identify measures that safeguard the environment and the community affected by the proposal. Mitigation is both a creative and practical phase of the EIA process. It seeks to find the best ways and means of avoiding, minimizing and remedying impacts. Mitigation measures must be translated into action in the correct way and at the right time, if they are to be successful. This process is referred to as impact management and takes place during project implementation. A written plan should be prepared for this purpose, and includes a schedule of agreed actions. Opportunities for impact mitigation will occur throughout the project cycle. Noise Exposure High sound levels may be generated from the equipments used in the manufacturing and utilities (e.g.-compressed air, vacuum sources, unit operations system, etc). Irrespective of the enclosed design and anti vibration control measures in the work place modules, the workers are located close to the machines during manufacturing and exposed to noise. Mitigation measures x May good engineering practices. x The rotation of employees in shift should be followed so as to reduce their exposure to noise sources for longer period. x Hearing protective devices in the form of ear muff and plug should be used to reduce ǯǤ x Comprehensive hearing conservation programs should be carried out to identify noise sources for its prevention/control. x Noise monitoring and medical surveillance should be carried out at regular intervals so as to assess the workers exposures to noise and corrective measures. 8.2 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT (HIRA) A core challenge faced by emergency managers is how to prevent, prepare, mitigate, respond and recover from a myriad of hazards. Several questions arise when faced with this challenge: x What hazards exist in my area? x How frequently do they occur?

149 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

x How severe can their impact be on the community, infrastructure, property, and the environment? x Which hazards pose the greatest threat to the community? x A Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (HIRA) assist emergency managers in answering these questions. It is a systematic risk assessment tool that can be used to assess the risks of various hazards. x There are three reasons why a HIRA is useful to the emergency management profession: x It helps emergency management professionals prepare for the worst and/or most likely risks. x Allows for the creation of exercises, training programs, and plans based on the most likely scenarios. x Saves time and resources by isolating hazards that cannot occur in the designated area. 8.3 STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS The Dangerous Substances and Explosive Atmospheres create risks from the indoor storage of Dangerous Substances to be controlled by elimination or by reducing the quantities of such substances in the workplace to a minimum and providing mitigation to protect against foreseeable incidents. These should be located in designated areas that are wherever possible away from the immediate processing area and do not jeopardise the means of escape from the workroom/working area. The flammable liquids should be stored separately from other dangerous substances that may enhance the risk of fire or compromise the integrity of the container The ethanol is flammable liquid and to handle properly as per the guidelines. This project is having storage of ethanol of about 60 KLPD. The storage involves 4 no of bulk storage available. The plant having capacity of 330 days storage capacity. I. Handling: Wash thoroughly after handling. Use only in a well-ventilated area. Ground and bond containers when transferring material. Use spark-proof tools and explosion proof equipment. Avoid contact with eyes, skin, and clothing. Empty containers retain product residue, (liquid and/or vapor), and can be dangerous. Keep container tightly closed. Avoid contact with heat, sparks and flame. Avoid ingestion and inhalation. Do not pressurize, cut, weld, braze, solder, drill, grind, or expose empty containers to heat, sparks or open flames. II. Storage: Keep away from heat, sparks, and flame. Keep away from sources of ignition. Store in a tightly closed container. Keep from contact with oxidizing materials. Store in a cool,

150 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. dry, well-ventilated area away from incompatible substances. Flammables-area. Do not store near perchlorates, peroxides, chromic acid or nitric acid. C) EMISSION MECHANISMS AND CONTROL CONSIDERING STORAGE TANKS Emissions from organic liquids in storage occur because of evaporative loss of the liquid during its storage and as a result of changes in the liquid level. The emission sources vary with tank design, as does the relative contribution of each type of emission source. Emissions from fixed roof tanks are a result of evaporative losses during storage (known as breathing losses or standing storage losses) and evaporative losses during filling and emptying operations (known as working losses). External and internal floating roof tanks are emission sources because of evaporative losses that occur during standing storage and withdrawal of liquid from the tank. Standing storage losses are a result of evaporative losses through rim seals, deck fittings, and/or deck seams. The loss mechanisms for fixed roof and external and internal floating roof tanks are described in more detail in this section. Variable vapor space tanks are also emission sources because of evaporative losses that result during filling operations. i) Fixed Roof Tanks A typical vertical fixed roof tank is type of tank consists of a cylindrical steel shell with a permanently affixed roof, which may vary in design from cone- or domeshaped to flat. Losses from fixed roof tanks are caused by changes in temperature, pressure, and liquid level. Fixed roof tanks are either freely vented or equipped with a pressure/vacuum vent. The latter allows the tanks to operate at a slight internal pressure or vacuum to prevent the release of vapors during very small changes in temperature, pressure, or liquid level. Of current tank designs, the fixed roof tank is the least expensive to construct and is generally considered the minimum acceptable equipment for storing organic liquids. ii) Floating Roof Tanks There are two types of floating roof tanks External and Internal. A typical external floating roof tank (EFRT) consists of an open- topped cylindrical steel shell equipped with a roof that floats on the surface of the stored liquid. The floating roof consists of a deck, fittings, and rim seal system. Floating decks that are currently in use are constructed of welded steel plate and are of two general types: pontoon or double-deck. An internal floating roof tank (IFRT) has both a permanent fixed roof and a floating roof inside. There are two basic types of internal floating roof tanks: tanks in which the fixed roof is supported by vertical columns within the tank, and tanks with a self-supporting fixed roof and no internal support columns.

151 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

D) ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES General Information: Use proper personal protective equipment as mentioned below: x Eyes: Wear appropriate protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles as described by OSHA's eye and face protection regulations in 29 CFR 1910.133 or European Standard EN166. x Skin: Wear appropriate protective gloves to prevent skin exposure. x Clothing: Wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin exposure. x Respirators: A respiratory protection program that meets OSHA's 29 CFR 1910.134 and ANSI Z88.2 requirements or European Standard EN 149 must be followed whenever workplace conditions warrant a respirator's use. Spills/Leaks: Absorb spill with inert material (e.g. vermiculite, sand or earth), then place in suitable container. Remove all sources of ignition. Use a spark-proof tool. Provide ventilation. A vapor suppressing foam may be used to reduce vapors. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES General Information: Containers can build up pressure if exposed to heat and/or fire. As in any fire, wear a self-contained breathing apparatus in pressure-demand, MSHA/NIOSH (approved or equivalent), and full protective gear. Vapors may form an explosive mixture with air. Vapors can travel to a source of ignition and flash back. Will burn if involved in a fire. Flammable Liquid Can release vapors that form explosive mixtures at temperatures above the flashpoint. Use water spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool. Containers may explode in the heat of a fire. Extinguishing Media: For small fires, use dry chemical, carbon dioxide, water spray or alcohol resistant foam. For large fires, use water spray, fog, or alcohol-resistant foam. Use water spray to cool fire-exposed containers. Water may be ineffective. Do NOT use straight streams of water. Flash Point: 16.6 deg C ( 61.88 deg F) Autoignition Temperature: 363 deg C ( 685.40 deg F) Explosion Limits, Lower:3.3 vol % Upper: 19.0 vol %

152 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

8.4 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH Occupational safety and health is very closely related to productivity and good employer employee relationship. The main factors of occupational health in proposed site are fugitive dust and noise. To avoid any adverse affects on the health of workers due to dust, heat, noise sufficient measures have been provided in the proposed project. These include: Provision of rest shelters for workers with amenities like drinking water, fans, toilets, etc. Provision of personal protection devices to the workers. First-aid facilities on the site. x Mobile toilets will be provided during construction x Ambulance will be provided for taking patient to the nearby hospital in case of emergency or medical. Occupational Health and Safety in sugar cane crushing, alcohol distillery and bagasse based cogeneration ¾ status of hygiene and health problems of all men due to working conditions and suggestion to prevent the damage in future British Standards Institutions created Occupational Safety & Health Agency, are described and successfully implemented by OSHA 18001:1999 series. ¾ It provides OH & S policy ¾ Now this gives an ideal and chalked out route to use to curtail the damage to health of people in any cases and conditions. ¾ It helps the organization to mitigate occupational health and safety risks. ¾ It is an effective tool for the management, based on systematic control on practices, to identify areas of health damage, assessment of extent of damage, effective treatment and if needed the replacement of the job the person can do, also to identify threat areas for employees at their work places. ¾ It suggests plans to improve the working places conditions. ¾ It has reduced substantially cases of persons suffering from health problems due ¾ To type of jobs they perform. ¾ It gives rectification measures in frequently occurring problems. ¾ It provides to check and get treatment from medical experts. ¾ Thus it minimizes risk of the health of the employees. ¾ It provides assurance to employees. ¾ It creates awareness in employees for cleanliness.

153 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

¾ It also provides a way for continuous improvement ¾ It helps to assess & maintain the EMP of an organization. Brief about Occupational Health and Safety of employees In normal working, people are exposed to many agents / compounds/ particles which can hamper their health temporarily or permanently, finally to result in notable damage to their health condition. This may result in their lesser ability to work, initiation of other diseases, untimely can lead to death. Normally 4 probable routes exist for entry in the body of a man, from respiratory track, GI track, skin contact or via any cut / wound caused. Due to consistent exposure the incoming materials may chemically react with body tissues, blood cells and/ or may remain for a longer time in the air sacks of lungs. They may assist growth of some micro organisms with their presence inside the body. Later they can cause unwanted interactions, degrade to lead to metabolites, end products, to lead to impairment to body organs or to deteriorate the working of the organ system. By careful, specific, precise operation the entry of such dangerous materials can be lowered and finally eliminated. Personal protective equipment, shielding of the body parts are the most common approaches in the same. The extent of damage due to exposure of dangerous materials depend upon No. Description 1 Absorption depend upon rate of absorption in human body i.e. exposure time. 2 Time duration and concentration 3 Distance from source 4 Personal tolerance level 5 Susceptibility 6 Personal hygiene and behavior 7 State of matter

Hazards associated with human body are of 3 types, physical, chemical, biological. A Physical hazard No Type Effects Remedy 1 Lifting heavy Temporary or permanent Maximum capacity for a man to loads bone damage & fragments, lift a load fixed as 50 kg, Weakness of bone & spinal Automation of carts, trolleys, cord, new RBC & WBC forming Prefer sliding than lifting process 2 UV, IR Ionization Vision damage, skin Proper cover to source of glare, radiations damage, skin cancer use of colored glasses 3 Light glare Damage to vision, lens Do opacity, Myopia 4 Poor Less accuracy in work Provide proper light

154 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

illumination 5 Excess Heat exhaustion, fatigue, Distance be more from heat temperature / cramps, stroke, muscle source, to give drinking water & Heat stress cramps, fainting, dry skin, milk, heat rash, [ prickly heat], Limited exposure, cool rest loss of hair rooms, Asbestos lined clothing and gloves, adjustment of work and rest period 6 Cold stress Cracks in skin Proper clothing, gloves, aprons, body lotion 7 Vibrations and Vibration induced joint Absorption of excess shock shocks impairment, Arthritis, waves with clad medium, rubber Parkinson disease pads, exact maintence, proper lubrication 8 Noise Temporary or permanent Minimum exposure, air plugs, hearing disability, loss of muffs , reducing noise frequency peace of mind 9 Dry air Lack of natural lubrication to Proper skin lotion and skin skin, scaling, dermatitis, nourishment soricis Use of proper gloves 10 Humid climate Skin damage due growth of Correct draining of all water from some microorganisms due to work place, Proper aprons, rain wet nature, dermatitis coat, gloves, Use of body lotions 11 Cold weather Skin cracks and damage Proper cloths, Use of proper skin due to exposure to severe covers cold climate, dermatitis 12 Wind & storms Skin damage, wound Do formation on exposed skin 13 SPM and dust Damage from nostrils to Avoid / lessen exposure Use matter lungs part , Pneumonia, masks, screens Minimize / Temporary or permanent avoid source 14 Excess pressure Effect on O2 intake capacity Stepwise change over to normal area conditions And N2 associated with it air pressure, deep sea damage to heart and lung Keep less exposure period exploration, muscles ship building

B Chemical hazards No Compound Effect Remedy 1 Metals Combine with body tissue, Safe distance from source, Fe, Co, Ni, Mn, form metabolites, affect shielding, protective equipment, Zn, Pb, Cd, Cr, Al, blood, nervous, respiratory, change in operation, automation As, Hg, Cu, neuro, excretory, Fe. reproductive, digestive systems 2 Asphyxiant Chemically combine with Safe distance from source, CO, Haemoglobin can cause shielding, cross ventilation death in short time 3 Anaestatics Chemically combine with Do alcohol, tissues, damage & rupture them

155 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

4 Irritants Damage nostrils to air sack Do NH3, SO2, Cl2, path, affect respiratory H2S, CS2 , ability

5 Solvents, Damage body parts, cracks in Protective equipment Petrol, kerosene skin, Dermatitis

C Biological hazards These cover all sorts of micro organisms, bacteria, fungi, viruses, insects, particles initiating via air, water, soil, cotton, wool, leather, silk, milk, rubber, bagasse, plastics, jute, meat, fish, slaughter, paper, dry biomass etc.. They affect whole body and can cause death. Remedy is to isolate, kill and avoid them to enter in body. Special reference to cane sugar crushing, molasses based alcohol distillery and bagasse based power generation sector for occupational health problems Persons working in bagasse based power generation plant are always exposed to solids, particularly fine dust of bagasse, trash and other fuel components. PM10 and PM2.5 enter air sacks after entering respiratory track where they settle. Due to precise size they are difficult to be removed from there. Moisture in fresh air and constant body temperature make them to build microbial colonies. Treatment in such cases to curtail the infection in respiratory track is a hail of a job for medical experts. Micro organisms have short life span and have to adopt consistently for the survival. Thus they develop capability to resist the drugs / therapeutic agents / antibiotics etc. It is a battle at global level for decades together. No correct curing agent / exact or permanent solution exists. Persons working in bagasse based power generation area are exposed to 1. Excess air pressure zones and SPM prone area. 2. Higher temperature to follow heat exhaustion, cramps, stress, stroke 3. Moist / humid and dry weather area where skin damage may occur 4. Lifting of excess load can lead to damage to bones & spinal cord 5. Ƭǡǯ Ǥ 6. To lessen SPM sprinkled water can lead to moist air. Such condition can lead to growth of mosquito, insects, flies population to lead to Malaria & other epidemic diseases 7. Electric shocks in case of short circuit Various extents of the damages to different body parts can be: 1 Permanent or temporary deafness 2 Slight or severe damage to bones & spinal cord, joints

156 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

3 Anemic condition due to less RBC, WBC & lacking of new blood formation 4 Affect initial correct vision due to poor light as well as due to small particles 5 Damage to skin due to humid climate & water sprinkling, dermatitis / soricis, cracks to skin, dry skin 6 Damage to respiratory track to lead to businosis, pneumokosis, pneumonia 7 Heat exhaustion, fatigue, stroke, rash, cramps, damage to muscles 8 Excess heat exposure may lead to damage to reproductive system 9 Electric shocks can lead to partial paralysis 10 Damage to eye due to incident light particles. Thus probable routes to mitigate such damages can be: 1 Precise man power selection 2 Adequate pre employment training 3 Optimum supervision at all levels 4 Precise equipment selection 5 Periodic and exact lubrication of the equipment, machines. 6 Advance planning of substitution of equipment 7 Prevention of solids to enter in respiratory track. 8 As far as possible closed condition operation. 9 Use of natural and forced fresh air supply at work place 10 Adequate natural and forced air circulation as per needs 11 Proper bonding and earthing of the machinery 12 Proper insulation & core cover for power supply cables 13 Proper selection for material movement 14 Provision for cages, trolleys, carts, forklifts, cranes, shuttles for movement of material and men 15 Automation of material handling 16 Sprinkling of enough water to mitigate SPM 17 Sufficient enlightening in work area when persons are inside 18 Provision to keep shop floor dry 19 Provision of fresh milk at least 2 full cups / person / 4 hours 20 Provision of enough drinking water when needed. 21 Provision of rest rooms / shelters to working staff 22 Prevention of fly, mosquito, insects in spread water to mitigate SPM

157 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

23 Provision of primary health center / first aid booths with adequate drugs, lotions, eye washers etc. and attendants. 24 Strict control to follow use of personal protective equipment like goggles, ear plugs, air muffs, aprons, helmets, rain coats, respiratory kits / air pipes, safety belts etc. 25 Periodic replacement of new / fresh teams to complete time scheduled task Considering this observed fact a systematic approach and management plan of OSAHA can profoundly avoid damage fully to any person in cane sugar crushing, alcohol distillery and bagasse based power generation sector. Mitigation for all occupational hazards Mitigation measures cover notes on various operations in the processes. They are A During concept, design and policy stage Precise selection of the process, raw materials Use of best equipment Optimum layout of vessels, tanks, pumps Correct location of ladders, platforms, pipe support and fittings Proper design of equipment to avoid any sort of solids to escape in air during operations. Proper design of equipment to avoid any contact of solvents and chemicals to working staff during operations B During erection and full commissioning stage Precise selection of persons in operation ( trained or skilled ) Pre employment and periodic medical checkup of all staff of factory Availability of the same record to each person concerned to understand his status Thorough training of the operations, handling, dangers, safety, hazards, remedied for various chemicals involved. At each stage proper and strict supervisory control for negligence. Use of wooden support, rubbers sheets, foams, shock absorbing materials, dampners to vibrating and noise making machines Proper guarding and painting to guard to all moving parts of all equipment as IS standard. Proper bonding and earthing of machines, equipment. Automation and proper instrument appliances Prevention of all types of direct and indirect exposure of chemicals to staff Performance checking of all equipment before full commissioning

158 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Precise use of instruments in process Fixation of limit switches, isolators for equipment wherever needed / necessary. Proper gauge and selection of power supply cables and their effective insulation As per needs enough natural and forced draft air supply at work place Proper testing, X-ray diffraction study etc. for tanks, vessels and availability of record of the same for reference Proper selection of tanks, vessels, pumps and their material of construction Strict follow up for Oil industry safety directives for solvent tanks and pumps C During operational phase As far as possible closed condition in all processes A properly laid down standard operation procedure for all operation in plant Strict vigilance in process operation and control Proper rigid support to stand, ladders in operation for all valves on lines Provision of return lines for solvents from plant to avoid spillage and solvent loss Proper, exact and timely use of personal protective equipment like gloves, goggles, masks, breathing apparatus, aprons, shoes, helmets, rain coat, eye washers, body showers, body lotions, etc. Flame proof fittings to all solvent storage area and in plant Proper bonding and earthing to all equipment and vessels, tanks. Proper colour code to all pipe lines used Proper training to all staff to use the above personal protective equipment Strict use of cotton ware only to all staff in plant area Strict prohibition of any naked flame, match box, gas lighter, ignition source, any synthetic cloths in plant area Display of material safety data sheets for all chemicals handled and present in plant operations Proper scrubbing arrangement for vent gases Implementation of green belt or tree plantation near solvent storage area in tank farm to avoid rise in temperature in summer. Storage of chemicals, solvents in an underground state to avoid solvent losses

159 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

D Regarding storage of raw materials, solvent, fuels etc. Enough space between tanks in tank farm Proper illumination on street and in plant Proper colour code to tanks and pipe lines, gas lines Proper bonding and earthing to all metal flange joints of tanks to conduct and remove all static charges Fixation of rigid and permanent lightening conductors to tanks Fixation of flame arresters to needed vessels Fixation of visible and correct gauges to bulk storage vessels Proper quality of gaskets and their fastening at right place Calibration of all tanks and their display Proper and timely labeling of all material during process and handling Proper loading and unloading system to solvents, fuels, bonding and earthing Proper rigid shade for gas cylinders to avoid direct sun light, storm, rain etc. Strict follow up for Gas Cylinder Rules No fuel / liquid / solvents transfer / loading / unloading during 18.00 to 06.00 hours from bulk store and tank farm area to process area E Maintenance Strict permit to work system for maintenance and other operations A well arranged periodic and preventive maintenance of all equipment Proper and exact lubrication to all machines, pumps, compressors, valves, lifts etc. Proper shut down operation plan Checking and replacement of worn out and faulty electrical cable in time Insertion of proper power isolators, circuit brakers, limit switches A well planned and adequate inventory of consumables needed F Fire and fire fighting Follow up of BIS 2190 and NFPA code for all fires Proper selection of staff to handle fire extinguishers Periodic training to all concerned staff Proper selection of fire extinguishers Fixation of fire hydrant system Daily at least one trial of the fire hydrant system for its performance Reserved separate water stock for fire fighting and prevention program as per

160 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Factory Act 1948 and MFR 1963. Generator back up for fire equipment Preparation of disaster control plan for all unit Periodic mock drills at least twice in a year and report to Joint Director, SHE. G Testing and certification of equipment and check up Proper testing and certification of all equipment as per DISH norms Periodic checking of meger value of the earthing and its record Periodic testing of gases and solvent storage vessels as per Chief Controller of Explosives, Nagpur after each 5 years Availability of the record of the same to concerned authorities After completion of 5 years for the structures, testing and stability certification from structural engineer for all structures Industrial Fire causes No. Description Quantity % 1 Electricity 23 2 Smoking 18 3 Friction 10 4 Material over heating 8 5 Hot surfaces 7 6 Burner flames 7 7 Combustible sparks 5 8 Spontaneous combustion 4 9 Welding and cutting 4 10 Interaction of Chemical 2 11 Static spark 2 12 Lightening 1 13 Miscellaneous 1

Mere timely good housekeeping, use of correct personal protective equipment, permit to work system, proper selection of man power, prevention of any negligence, overlooking, over confidence and a stitch in time saves further nine attitude can prevent 90 % of the causes to occur. It is better than cure. Conditions leading for any fire and explosion to occur Any lacuna in design, fabrication, testing of tanks, vessels can create troubles during operations and can initiate fire and explosion. Any hot object, hot metal parts due to sliding metal surface, lightening can cause a fire.

161 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Chief Controller of Explosives, Nagpur specified 3 classes of solvents as per their flash points. They also fixed criteria for safe and restricted storage of flammable liquids. Violation of such norms can definitely lead to fire and probable explosion. Mixing of solvents, leaking of solvents and any heat or ignition source will lead to a fire incidence Improper operations, dry running of pumps, horse trading in any process operations will surely make a room for any fire / explosion to occur. Successive variations in incoming power supply, incorrect power supply, worse or deteriorated status of insulation of supply cables, worn out rubber / pvc insulation of power cables, overload on machinery, pumps etc. may lead to short circuiting and source of ignition to initiate any fire and make the situation worse or worst. High temperature stresses during operation and pumping can lead to heat stress on metal parts of tanks, vessels thus welding joints may weaken. Such conditions can lead to deterioration of vessels, to initiate leakage and a fire incidence. Improper gaskets, faulty pipe fittings can lead to leakage of solvents, dissolution of gasket material or damage to gaskets. Thus they can be a source for a fire to start. Improper, faulty and leaking valves will add to materials available for fire to consume if it initiates. Lacking to provide metal bonding and earthing to all flange joints will assist storage of static charges and thus to lead to sparking and heat source to exist. Improper supports for working persons to reach safely to tank / valve / line etc can lead to small or big accidents All above conditions surly lead to fires and consequent explosions. If an explosion occurs then worn parts of civil structure, metal containers may eject out to reach around 3 miles away. Considering these observations and consequent probability we have to implement strict preventive and mitigation measures. They will surely reduce probability of fire and explosion to great extent and assist fire prevention and protection program.

162 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Information about classes of fire, burning materials concerned, types of extinguishers and medium and their Indian Standards can be described as follows: Class of Description Extinguishing Varieties Indian Fire Medium Standards A Fire involving ordinary Water Water type 940 combustible materials like [ Gas wood, paper, cloth, textile etc. pressure] where the cooling effect of Water type 6234 water is essential to extinguish [Constant air fire pressure] B Fire with flammable liquid, Mechanical 10204 petroleum product, oils, foam / AFFF solvents, varnishes, thinner, Carbon dioxide 2878 paint where blanketing Is Dry chemical 2171 essential powder [4308] C Fire involving gases, gaseous Carbon dioxide 2878 materials, LPG where it is Dry chemical 2171 needed to dilute the burning powder [4308] gas at a very fast rate with an inert gas or a powder D Fires involving metals like Special dry 2171 Magnesium, Sodium, Potassium, powder [4861] Aluminum, Zinc etc. where the burning metal is reactive to water and which needs special extinguishing medium / technique

Also types of fire extinguishers, extinguishing medium and suitability for class of fire with ISI numbers in tabulated form are: No. TYPE OF EXTINGUISH EFFECT O A B C D EXTINGUISHER EDIUM EXTINGUISGHING MEDIUM 1 Water Type [ Gas Water Cooling S NS NS NS Cartridge ] IS 940 2 Water Type Water Cooling S NS NS NS [Stored Pressure] OS 6234 3 Mechanical Foam Mechanical Blanketing / NS S NS NS Type Foam Smothering IS 10204 4 Dry Powder Dry Powder Smothering, reducing NS S S NS IS 2171 / 10658 the oxygen content and retarding the chain reaction

163 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

5 Dry Powder Dry Powder Smothering, reducing NS NS NS S [Special] [Special] the oxygen content and OS 11833 retarding the chain reaction 6 Carbon Dioxide Gas Smothering, reducing NS S S NS IS 2878 / 8149 the oxygen content and retarding the chain reaction 7 AFFF Mech. Do S S NS NS

* S denotes suitable * NS denotes not suitable Thus salient features to implement the OSHA regulation are: 1. Careful selection of persons 2. Proper job training to all cadre persons 3. Adequate supervision in all areas 4. Well serviced & lubricated machinery 5. Proper bonding and earthing of the equipment & electrical gadgets 6. Advance plan for work environment monitoring & mitigation 7. Pre-employment & periodic check up of all employees & record of the same 8. Setting primary medical center at work place and first aid 9. Provision of personal protective equipment, apron, gloves, goggles, helmets, ear plugs, air muffs 10. Use of carts, cranes, fork lift, trolley, conveyor belting to handle materials 11. Periodic rest in daily working 12. Provision of water, milk , nourished food for working period 13. If needed timely medical treatment at any cost 14. Provision of primary health center / first aid booth on campus 15. Payment of compensation as per extent of damage to any body part / system 16. / organ in part / fully 17. Family insurance scheme 18. Other Govt. benefits

164 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

8.4.1 Safety hazards along with prevention & protective measures Company will work as per The Factories Act, 1948. The law contains provisions regulating the health of workers in an establishment. Whereas the Employees State Insurance Act, 1948 and the Wǯ ǡͳͻʹ͵ Ǥ It will be the responsibility of the management to ensure safety in the the premises of the company. The duties of the management will be as follows: 1. Lead in the establishment of rules and policies designed to promote safety and health, accident prevention and hazard awareness 2. Maintaining the safety policy, safety manual, the proper safety and health training documentation and the necessary recordkeeping 3. Make all employees aware of the established safety and health rules of the safety policy 4. Hold each employee responsible and accountable 5. Monitor all aspects of the safety policy and safety manual 6. Promote and ensure proper safety training, worksite audits, accident investigations, and hazard control. 7. Manage the safety team (committee) 8. Conduct or coordinate all site safety inspections 9. Manage safety violation and award program 10. Provide and/or coordinate safety training for all new employees 11. Be notified immediately regarding accidents and/or injuries 12. Eliminate all hazardous practices performed by employees 13. Assign and train a replacement in the event he/she is unavailable for duty A detailed safety plan shall be prepared to cover the safety hazards and their prevention. The plan shall clearly describe what people are expected to do for safety, will make safety a line management responsibility and accountable and will iincorporates safety into the business process as an operational strategy. It will use proactive health and safety measurements. Workshop audits and inspections will be planned and take place on a regular basis. They will be reported and give rise to corrective and preventative actions, which will be managed in the same way as injury analysis. These inspections and audits will be conducted by the line management, trained for the purpose, including the Top Management. Personnel will be involved as much as possible in these audits and inspections.

165 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

8.4.2 Personal Protection Equipment Personal protection equipment for work shall be identified, the circumstances in which it should be worn defined, and suitable arrangements made including training & supervision to ensure it is worn. The use of safety helmet and shoes will be made mandatory in the plant area while the use of glasses, face shield, dust mask, ear muff shall be advisable in many parts of the plant depending on the hazard nature. Some of the safety gears are shown in Fig 4.8.

PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT 8.4.3 Occupational health monitoring system Regular medical examination of employees will be done for the occupational diseases. The medical examination will be carried out by a qualified Medical Officer appointed by the Company. The following measures relating to safety and health shall be practiced: x Provision of rest shelters for plant workers with amenities like drinking water, etc. x All safety measures like use of safety appliances, safety awards, posters, slogans related to safety, etc. x Training of employees for use of safety appliances and first aid. x Regular maintenance and ǯǤ

166 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

x Periodical Medical Examination (PME) of all workers by a medical specialist so that any adverse effect may be detected in its early stage. x First Aid Cell in plant including training and retraining of First Aiders. x Close surveillance of the factors in working environment and work practices, which may ǯ Ǥ ǡ which may lead to occupational health hazards. x Fugitive dust protection or dust reduction technology for workers within 30 m of the plant active areas will be used as follows : ¾ Use of dust extraction and recycling systems to remove dust from work areas, specially in grinding mill ¾ Use of air conditioner/ local exhaust ventilation systems, enclosures, hoods ¾ Use of PPE (masks & respirators) ¾ Use of mobile vacuum cleaning systems ¾ Water spray systems, where applicable ¾ Plantation ¾ Regular housekeeping ¾ Providing pollution control equipment like ESPs x The company will establish its own occupational health and safety centre with MBBS doctor and support staff. x The proposed medical facility will:- ¾ All primary, secondary and essential life saving drugs and injections. ¾ Laboratory for blood testing. ¾ Oxygen cylinder including central oxygen cylinder. ¾ Nebulisation Machine. ¾ One ordinary ambulance for referral centre with certain primary facilities to help the patient while in transit. 8.4.4 Surrounding population Weekly medical camps will be arranged for detection of diseases in the nearby rural population, wherein the local people can take free medicines and health check ups. 8.4.5 OHS monitoring Ȃ planning & findings The company shall strive to maintain public health in the area by way of conducting or sponsoring programs such as free eye camps, diabetes and cancer detection camps, inoculation

167 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. and vaccination programs etc. it shall also offer the services of Ambulance or any other such vehicle in case of emergencies to the needy locals. The workers will be medically examined at the time of employment to observe the physical fitness and to know any ailment which may need care while placing him in some hazardous area. Regular medical examination by a qualified Medical Officer of employees on annual basis will be done for the occupational diseases. The industry has and will keep health records of all its employees starting from employment date till their retirement. The medical records have and will be analysed annually to know the trend of employee health. In case some serious trend is noted then suitable action will be taken to address such health issues. Some typical health record analyses to be maintained are given in subsequent paragraphs as illustration: Chest X Ray: The chest X-Ray is conducted to reveal the health problems associated with dust. This data may be useful to provide medical attention to the affected persons and if the number increases with time attention would be required to improve the working environment. Spirometer Test: Spirometry (meaning the measuring of breath) is the most common of the Pulmonary Function Tests (PFTs), measuring lung function, specifically the measurement of the amount (volume) and/or speed (flow) of air that can be inhaled and exhaled. Pulmonary function tests are done to diagnose certain types of lung disease (especially asthma, bronchitis, and emphysema), find the cause of shortness of breath, measure whether exposure to contaminants at work affects lung function, assess the effect of medication, measure progress in disease treatment etc. Electrocardiogram (ECG) Test: The ECG is a diagnostic tool that measures and records the electrical activity of the heart in exquisite detail. The annual analysis helps in keeping track of heart related illness caused due to several occupational reasons. Audiometry Test: Audiometry is the testing of hearing ability, involving thresh-holds and differing frequencies. Results of audiometric tests are used to diagnose hearing loss or diseases of the ear, and often make use of an Audiogram. Vision Test: Eye examinations may detect potentially treatable blinding eye diseases, ocular manifestations of systemic disease, or signs of tumours or other anomalies of the brain. 8.5 HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES: The safety considerations in the design of the proposed project would be provided to contain and control emergency.

168 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

8.5.1 Health and safety measures: x Regular inspection and maintenance of pollution control systems. x Statuary approvals, waste treatment and disposal including stack emissions etc. x Full fledge fire protection system. x Gloves and protective equipment to prevent health hazards. x Use of splash proof safety goggles and shoes. x To impart training at variou ǯ observing safe work practices. x Clearly define the procedures for inspection, operation, and emergency shutdown of the process operations. x To device systematic accident prevention program to ensure safe and healthy working environment. x The compliance of all statutory regulations. x Environment monitoring and control of process parameters at various unit operations by providing control measures in the plant. x Eliminate unreasonable, research and where appropriate, implement advance technology in the design, production services and to prevent pollution as well as conserve, recover and recycle raw materials. x The workers exposed to noisy sources will be provided with ear muffs/plugs. x Preventive maintenance activities so as to have smooth operations. x Audit programs must be carried out to review the management system for identifying, evaluating and controlling environmental, health and safety hazards. x The health of the workers will be regularly checked by a well qualified doctor and proper records will be kept for each worker. 8.5.2 Potential Health Effects x Eye: Causes severe eye irritation. May cause painful sensitization to light. May cause chemical conjunctivitis and corneal damage. x Skin: Causes moderate skin irritation. May cause cyanosis of the extremities. x Ingestion: May cause gastrointestinal irritation with nausea, vomiting and diarrhea. May cause systemic toxicity with acidosis. May cause central nervous system depression, characterized by excitement, followed by headache, dizziness, drowsiness, and nausea.

169 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Advanced stages may cause collapse, unconsciousness, coma and possible death due to respiratory failure. x Inhalation: Inhalation of high concentrations may cause central nervous system effects characterized by nausea, headache, dizziness, unconsciousness and coma. Causes respiratory tract irritation. May cause narcotic effects in high concentration. Vapors may cause dizziness or suffocation. x Chronic: May cause reproductive and fetal effects. Laboratory experiments have resulted in mutagenic effects. Animal studies have reported the development of tumors. Prolonged exposure may cause liver, kidney, and heart damage. 8.6 DISASTER OR EMERGENCY CONTROL PLAN When the full fledge activity of sugar, alcohol & co-generation will gear up it will have to follow Factories Act 1948 & Maharashtra Factories Rules 1963 with all amendments till today and any directives from Director Safety, Health & Environment [SHE] will automatically be binding on SAIL. In such condition to appoint a qualified Safety Officer is a must & will be an adequate, wise step in such direction. On site and off site disaster control plans and their perfect implementation will be part and parcel of the management & such safety officer. To lessen the probability of hazard to occur & avoid the consequent damage, a disaster management and control plan has to be worked out for whole complex in anticipation to the threat. 8.7 TYPE OF DISASTER AT SAIL COMPLEX Disaster can occur as on site or off site variety i.e. disaster on campus or disaster in nearby area causing indirect damage to site area & the complex. Disaster may occur due to two categories, natural and manmade calamities: Natural calamities cover Flood, Storm / typhoon, Earthquake, Tsunami, Heavy mist, fog, hail storm, Land slide Man made calamities involve Fire & Explosion, All types of leakages & spillage, Electrocution, excavation, construction, erection, Sabotage, rail & road accidents, mass agitation, Looting, Morcha, war The identified hazardous areas in the complex are 1. Boiler area - Explosion 2. Oil tanks - Fire and spillage 3. Turbine section - Explosion 4. Electrical rooms - Fire and electrocution 5. Transformer area - Fire and electrocution

170 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

6. Cable - Fire and electrocution 7. Storage facilities Ȃ Fire / spillage for fuel and alcohol Considering various probabilities the management & safety department has to create safety awareness & preparedness in all employees and people in vicinity area in case of any sort of emergency to occur & a chalked out attempt to surely overcome the disaster in time. This includes preparation of onsite and offsite disaster control plans, their mock drills at least 2 times in a calendar year, reports for the same to DISH & due amendments for the perfect implementation. 8.8. LEVEL OF ACCIDENT If there is any disaster in any part of plant/work place due to any reason the level of accidents from damage point of view may vary. Accordingly accident prevention program will have to be initiated by safety department simultaneously. CRITICAL TARGETS DURING EMERGENCY Level I Accidents Under this level disaster may happen due to electrocution, fire explosion, oil spillage and spontaneous ignition of combustible material. This level has probability of occurrence affecting persons inside the plant. Various hazardous areas identified in section 6.3 are potential areas to be affected due to level Ȃ I accidents. Level II Accidents Disaster of this level can occur in case of sabotage and complete failure of all automatic control/warning systems, and also if the fuel oil stored in tank and covered by tank bunds leaks out. However, probability of occurrence of this is very low due to the proposed adequate security training, and education level of plant personnel for the captive power plant. 8.9. SITE EMERGENCY CONTROL ROOM (SECR) & SITE MAIN CONTROLLER In each segment of work from domestic level to war fighting team level approach always helps. If concerned man is aware of his duty at his place & need of the time he can complement to huge task of lessening the damage of the disaster. To overcome the emergency in its occurrence it is the strategy to get prepared in advance, plan for the team effort, educate others and reduce all effects of disaster. In case of any disaster main responsibility lies with the Chairman and Board of Directors, where they can nominate one fellow to be responsible person who will be Chief incidence controller. In case of disaster key person like Chief engineer, Chief chemist, Distillery manager will be the

171 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. site main incidence controller and will commence respective duties in that capacity to curtail the emergency & minimize the losses may be occurring. People in all departments can assist to contact external persons, district, state & central authorities, hospital & ambulance contact, evacuation if needed for people in the vicinity with assistance of state transport buses. People from maintenance department can help to rectify the fault in system. Security persons assist in fire fighting & material movement operation to avoid losses. It is utmost necessary to plan the control plan & to involve all staff in factory to get any sort of external help / assistance in time to lessen all sorts of damage. To assist the disaster control more effectively a site emergency control room (SECR) will be established at the plant site. The SECR may be provided with following sections: x All site plant layout x List of important telephone numbers of Chairman & Directors SAIL, Chief Engineer, Chief Chemist, Distillery Manager, Administration Manager. x Telephone numbers of Kapashi Gram Panchayat, Indi Tehsil, Tahasildar of Satara District collector, Satara District & local fire brigade station, home guard, civil defense, N.C.C. unit, State crisis group, Mumbai, crisis group, CGO complex, MoEF x All material handling & incoming vehicle traffic to be stopped temporarily. x All out going lines to be used to contact above authorities. x Captive power plant layout showed with inventories and locations of fuel x Oil / furnace oil storage tanks, Bagasse, storage yard etc. x Hazard identification chart, maximum number of people working at a time, assembly points etc x List of village and their population in the vicinity of proposed captive power plant x Public address system like loud speaker, battery operated speaker, sirens, x Whistles, batteries, signaling flags etc. x Rechargeable and battery operated torch lights and invertors. x Tie up with nearest hospital for medical assistance and facility for stretchers, chairs etc. x List of registered medical practitioners in vicinity. x Study map showing various villages and towns in the vicinity of captive power plant. x Muster Roll of all present employees. x Note pads and ball pens to record message received and instructions to be passed to concerned persons

172 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

x The blow up copy of Layout plan showing areas where accident could occur. x Accident mock drill for at least 2 times in a calendar year is to be a part of routine exercise. The report bf such drill has to be submitted to DISH for his information & approval. 8.10. DISASTER PREVENTIVE MEASURES The proposed plant will have following preventive measures to avoid occurrence of disasters: I. Specification & marking of safe area to gather in emergency. II. Design, manufacture and construction of plant, machineries and buildings will be as per national and international codes as applicable in specific cases and laid down by statutory authorities. III. Provision of adequate access ways for movement of equipment and personnel shall be kept. IV. Minimum two numbers of gates to escape during disaster shall be provided. V. Fuel oil storage shall be in protected and fenced. The tank will be housed in a dyke wall. As per regulations of CCOE its testing & certification will be performed each 5 years regularly. VI. Proper colour coding for all process water, air & steam lines will be done. VII. Proper insulation for all steam & condensate, hot water lines will be done. VIII. Provision of circuit brakers, isolation switches, signals will be provided as per electricity act & rules. IX. Proper & rigid bonding and earthing to all equipment will be arranged. X. Meger value of earthing connections will be checked each 6 months and the same record will be available. XI. System of fire hydrants comprising, of electrical motor driven fire pumps is planned. The fire hydrant system will have electrical motor and a generator driven jockey pump to keep the fire hydrant system properly pressurized. XII. Automatic water sprinkling system is planned for all transformers.

173 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

8.11 FIRE FIGHTING ARRANGEMENTS BIS 2190 provides Indian standards for firefighting equipment. All firefighting equipment and extinguishers have to be planned according to this standard. There are 4 classes of a fire to occur: Class Materials Extinguisher A Cotton, Cloth, paper, wood Water type B Oils, Hydrocarbons, Alcohol, Greases CO2 type C Gases, CNG, LPG, Acetylene, Foam type D Electrical & metals Foam Recommendation The fire tender, which will be part of project with following minimum fire fighting arrangements shall be procured: x Water tank - 500 litres x CO2 - 2700 litres x Foam tank - 45 litres x CO2 type fire extinguishers - 6 nos of 4.5 kg each LOCATION TYPE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS x Turbo-generator area CO2 Type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder x Cable galleries CO2 Type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder x High voltage panel CO2 Type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder x Control rooms CO2 Type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder x MCC rooms CO2 Type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder x Pump houses CO2 Type, Foam type dry chemical powder x Fuel tank Area CO2 type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder Sand Basket x Offices & Godowns Foam or Dry chemical powder Type x Crushers house CO2 Type, Foam Type dry chemical powder 8.12 ALARM SYSTEM TO BE FOLLOWED DURING DISASTER Ǯ ǡ attendaǮWAVING TYPEǯͷǤ broad cast disaster message through public address system. On receiving the message of ǲEmergency Overǳ ll give ǲǳǤ be explained to one and all to avoid panic or misunderstanding during disaster.

174 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

It is necessary to take one trial for perfect functioning of the siren at least once in one week with prior intimation to Belgaum District Collector. 8.13 PLANNING Storage of hazardous materials pose threat of Hazard. Hence, sugar cogen power and distillery plant also poses fire, electrocution and explosion hazards. To control the hazard propagation and minimize the damage, a disaster control and management plan has to be worked. Type of Disaster At any thermal power plant disaster may occur due to the following hazards: Ȉ Fire Ȉ Explosion Ȉ Oil spillage Ȉ Acid spillage Ȉ Spillage of toxic chemicals Ȉ Electrocution Ȉ Flood Ȉ Storm/typhoon Ȉ Sabotage; and Ȉ War The Identified Hazardous areas are 1. Boiler area - Explosion 2. Oil tanks - Fire and spillage 3. Turbine hall - Explosion 4. Electrical rooms - Fire and electrocution 5. Transformer area - Fire and electrocution 6. Cable - Fire and electrocution 7. Storage facilities - Fire/spillage for fuel 8.14 COORDINATION AMONG KEY PERSONNEL OF CAPTIVE POWER PLANT LEADER IN EMERGENCY Plant Manager / Head of Operations Engineering/Maintenance COMMUNICATION TEAM COORDINATOR 1. Administrative Head /Personnel 2. Personnel Officer

175 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

3. Telephone Operator 4. Time Office Staff ADVISORY TEAM 1. Head of Operation 2. Head of Maintenance 3. Head of Engineering 4. Head of Administration EMERGENCY Administrative Manager ǲǳ ǲǳ 1. Shift Supervisor of Affected Section 2. Plant Operators/Technicians of Affected section workers and 3. Shift security supervisors supervisor Duty ǲǳ 1. Security Supervisor 2. Ware House Staff 3. Safety Supervisor Environmental Compliance Safety 4. In charge of First Aid Centre 5. Other Staff not listed in Emergency Team including Contractor ǲǳ 1. Head of Maintenance 2. Warehouse/Spare parts Supervisor /Maintenance Supervisor/I/C Supervisor 3. Mechanical/Electricians Roles And Responsibilities of Emergency Team (a) Site Main Controller (SMC) The SMC or emergency leader shall assume absolute control of site and shall be located at SECR. (b) Incident controller (IC) Incident controller shall be people who shall go to the scene of emergency and supervise the action plan to overcome of contain the emergency. Shift supervisor shall assume the charge of IC. (c) Communication and Advisory Team The advisory and communication team shall consist of heads of various departments.

176 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

(d) Roll Call Coordinator A senior person from administration or personnel department shall be roll Call Coordinator. The roll call coordinator will conduct the roll call and will evacuate the plant personnel from assemble point. His prime function shall be to account for all personnel on duty. (e) Roll Call Leaders SMC shall appoint roll call leaders from action team B after consultation with advisory team. The roll call leaders shall carryout roll call at evacuation point. (f) Search and Rescue Team There shall be a group of people trained and equipped to carryout rescue operation of trapped personnel. The people trained in first aid and fire fighting will be included in search and rescue team. All the security guards and safety department personnel shall be trained in first aid and fire fighting. (g) Emergency Security Controller Emergency Security Controller shall be senior most security person located at main gate office and directing the outside agencies (e.g. fire brigade, police, DM, civil/Defense representatives, media men, etc. (h) Shift Medical Officer He shall be a doctor/trained compounder at the first aid center/medial center of plant. (i) Personnel Manager The Personnel Manager on arrival at site will handle all media men, contact public and handle the visits by political/statutory authorities and thus take sufficient load and burden of the Emergency Security Controller. Outside Organizations Involved In Control of Disaster In the event of massive spillage of toxic chemicals, (such as sodium hydroxide or hydrochloric acid at DM plant), fuel oil or occurrence of fire, population and property inside and outside plant boundary, vegetation, animal etc. may be affected. In such circumstances secondary fire may also take place. In such an event help shall be taken from outside agencies also. The organizations that shall be involved are as follows: (a) State and local authorities: district Collector, Revenue Divisional Officer (b) Factory Inspectorate, chief Inspector of factories, Joint Chief Inspector of factories, Inspector of factories. (c) Environmental agencies: Member Secretary of State Pollution control Board, District Environmental Engineer.

177 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

(d) Fire Department: District Fire Officer (e) Police Department: District Superintendent of Police, SHOs of nearby Police stations (f) Public Health Department Ȉ District Medical Officer Ȉ Residential medical officers of PHCs in a radius of 5 km around plant site (g) Local Community Resources: Ȉ Regional Transport Officer Ȉ Divisional Engineer Telephones The outside organizations shall directly interact with district magistrate who in consultation with SMC shall direct to interact with plant authorities to control the emergencies. 8.15 Hazard Emergency Control Procedure The onset of emergency will in all probability commence with a major fire or explosion and shall be detected by various safety devices and also by members of operational staff on duty. If located by a staff member on duty, he (as per site emergency procedure of which he is adequately briefed) will go to the nearest fire alarm call point, break glass and trigger off the fire alarms. He will also try his best to inform about location and nature of fire to the fire fighting department. In accordance with work emergency procedure the following key activities will immediately take place to intercept and take control of emergency. 1. On site fire crew led by a fireman will arrive at the site of incident with fire foam 2. tenders and necessary equipment. 3. Emergency security controller will commence his role from main gate office. 4. Incident controller shall rush to the site of emergency and with the help of fire crew and will start handling the emergency. 5. Site main controller will arrive at SECR with members of his advisory and communication team and will assume absolute control of the site. He will receive information continuously from incident controller and give decisions and directions to; Incident controller Plant control rooms Emergency security controller Site or shift medical officer After all key emergency personnel have taken up positions the Incident Controller will use communication system to convey and receive the messages. At the site of incident, the incident controller will directly handle the emergency with the help of specific support group such as

178 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Ǯǯǡ Ǥ Personnel Manager will contact external agencies. Site Main Controller will be directing and deciding a wide range of desperate issues. In particular SMC has to decide and direct: Whether incident controller requires reinforcement of manpower and facilities. Whether plant is to be shut down or more importantly kept running. Whether plant is to be shut down or more importantly kept running. Whether staff indifferent locations are to remain indoor or to be evacuated and assembled at designated collection centre. Whether missing staff members are to be searched or rescued. Whether offsite emergency plan to be activated and a message to that effect is to be sent to district head quarter. Whether staff in different locations are to remain indoor or are to be evacuated and assembled at designated collection centre Whether missing staff members have been searched or rescued. Whether and when district emergency services are to be called. Respond to any large size complaints form outside public and to assess an off site impact arising out of the on site emergency. When the incident has eventually been brought under control as declared by the Incident Controller, the SMC shall send two members of his advisory team as inspectors to incident site for: Ȉ An assessment of total damage and prevailing conditions with particular attention to possibility of reescalation of emergency which might of the time being be under control. Ȉ Inspection of other parts of site which might have been affected by impact of incident. Ȉ Inspection of personnel collection and roll call centers to check if all persons on duty have been accounted for. Ȉ Inspection of all control rooms of plant to assess and record the status of respective plants and any residual action deemed necessary. Post emergency inspectors will return to SECR with their observations and report of findings and will submit the same to SMC. Based on these reports, SMC will communicate further directives to all emergency management sub-centers and will finally declare and communicate termination of emergency and authorize step by step restoration of normal operation of the plant. The fire siren will be sounded with all CLEAR-SIGNAL.

179 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

During entire period of emergency the site will remain out of bounds to external visitors except: Ȉ Ȉ ȈȀ Ȉ Ȉ Ȉ of State Pollution Control Board Ȉ All the members of public, political parties, gram panchayat etc. will be dealt with from the main gate office by Emergency Security Controller and Personnel Manager. Proposed Fire Extinguishers At Different Locations Fire Fighting System The system recommended comprises of a. Internal Appliances b. Water Hydrant Service Ring The Internal appliances shall consist of portable hand appliances, comprising sand buckets and extinguishers. The water hydrant service rings consist of installation of underground water mains, which encompass the various sections and buildings of the factory; and installation of vertical hydrant stand posts containing suitable types of valves for different applications on the water mains. The hydrant valves are provided with instantaneous type of couplings to which fire hoses can be quickly attached, to direct the water flow to area under fire. This is the main fire fighting arrangement covering the entire factory. The details of different systems are as below. Internal appliances Installation of Internal Hand Appliances as per the fire protection manual issued by Tariff Advisory Committee (TAC) of Government is a prerequisite of any fire Fighting system. Fires are classified into 5 classes. And all these five classes are relevant to the Sugar Industry and the same are reproduced. Class of fire Suitable type of appliance A : Fires in ordinary Chemical extinguishers of combustibles (wood, Soda Acid, Gas/expelled water and vegetable fibres water anti freeze types, and water buckets paper and the like).

180 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

B : Fires in flammable Chemical extinguishers of liquids, paints, foam, Carbon Dioxide and Dry Powder grease, solvents and types and sand buckets. C : Fires in gaseous Chemical extinguishers of substances under pressure. Carbon Dioxide and Dry Powder types D : Fires in Reactive Special type of Dry Powder Chemicals, active metals extinguishers and sand buckets and the like. E : Fires in Chemical extinguishers of Carbon electrical equipment. dioxide and Dry powder type and sand buckets. According to above classification: Class A category. : Offices Class B : General and sub stores, Workshop and extraction plant Class C : Area of General stores where Oxygen and Acetylene gas cylinders Class D : Sulphur store Class E. : Parts of different factory sections in which electrical equipment are installed viz. extraction plant, Power house, Work shop, Clarification house, Boiling house, Sugar house, Effluent treatment plant, area in which Transformer The quantity of appliances is calculated, on the basis as stipulated in the fire safety a manual . Their location is to be fixed in such a way that at least one set of appliances is placed at the entrance of respective building/floor; and that a person is not required to travel more than 15 m to reach these appliances. Under the clauses (a) to (e) below all the buckets and water type extinguishers are of 9 litre, and all the dry powder extinguishers are of 5 kg capacity (except those installed to protect electrically driven equipment installed at a height on platforms/ pedestals which should be of 2 kg capacity); CO2 extinguishers are of 4.5 kg capacity unless stated otherwise. For protection of equipment installed on platforms/pedestals extinguishers shall have to be placed near the platforms/pedestals so that the same shall have quickest access from the ground floor. (a) Offices (Class A) Each floor of the office building shall have to be provided with 3 # water type extinguishers. (b) General and sub stores (Class B & C) General store storing equipment spares, tools, consumables, hardware, paints, stationery, lubricants, grease, etc. shall have to be provided with 8 # sand buckets and 2 # dry powder extinguishers. There shall be an open storage area adjoining the General store. The open area

181 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. shall store steel structural, refractory bricks, lubricants, industrial gasses etc. For open storage space of 30 m long and 24 m wide. The open storage space shall be installed with 8 # sand buckets and 2 # dry powder extinguishers. The sub store is meant to store small quantities of items as mentioned above, for usage during the shifts, which shall be round the clock. For sub store area of about 100 m2 the sub store shall have to be installed with 1 # sand bucket and 1 # dry powder extinguishers. (b) Transformers (Class E) Transformer will be installed in an area measuring 10 x 10 m shall have to be protected by 1# sand bucket and 1# dry powder extinguisher and 1 # CO2 extinguisher. (c) Motors at isolated areas (Class E) Certain motors shall be installed in isolated areas on ground floor in fuel handling system. Protection shall be provided for this motors which is included in co-generation report. (e) Specifications Specifications for the Internal appliances are presented below. All the appliances should be as per latest versions of respective Indian Standard, and the equipment should bear the ISI Mark. Sand buckets Buckets should be of round bottom type and should confirm to IS 2546 - 1964. Capacity of the bucket should be 9 litre. Water extinguishers Water extinguishers should confirm to ISS 940 and should be with Tariff Advisory Committee (TAC) approval. The capacity of water extinguisher should be 9 litre. The material used shall be plain water and a Carbon Dioxide cartridge to provide the pressure. Dry chemical powder fire extinguisher - 5/2 kg capacity Dry chemical powder extinguisher should confirm to IS 2171 and should be with TAC approval. The capacity of the extinguisher should be 5 kg / 2 kg capacity as applicable; and with ISI Mark. CO2 Extinguisher CO2 extinguisher should confirm to IS 2878, TAC approved and must have test certificate from the Explosive Department Capacity should be 4.5 kg. 8.15. 1 Water hydrant service Water hydrant service ring (WHSR) shall be provided to encompass the cogeneration plant, bagasse handling system and allied buildings.

182 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

(a) One Water storage tank A separate RCC underground water storage tank shall be constructed for water requirement of fire fighting. As per TAC rules the tank size of 11.5 m long, 11.5 m wide and 2.5 m deep is required. Ground water/ underground service water storage tank may also be used for this purpose.

(b) Two Electric driven pump An electrically operated horizontal, centrifugal pump shall be installed. The pumps shall be exclusively for firefighting usage and no other connections shall be tapped. Capacity of the pump shall be 273 m3/hr, and delivery pressure shall be 7 kg/cm2(g).The pump shall be directly coupled to an electric motor. Belt drive shall not be accepted. The drive motor shall be totally enclosed. Motor shall be wound to Class E insulation, and windings shall be vacuum impregnated with heat and moisture resisting varnish and shall be suitable to operate at 50 OC ambient temperature. Material of construction for impeller, shaft sleeve and wearing ring shall be bronze. The pump design should be such that it should be capable of furnishing not less than 150 % of the rated capacity at a head of not less than 65% of the rated head. Pump shall be provided with pressure gauge on delivery side between the pump and the non-return valve; and shall be provided with independent suction pipe without any sluice or cut off valve. The suction line shall be 250 mm dia and shall be fitted with a foot valve. A vacuum gauge shall be fitted on the suction pipe. For priming the pumps (pump under reference and other Diesel engine driven unit described later), a steel fabricated tank shall be installed above the pumps at about 8 m height. Capacity of the tank shall be 1 m3. A tapping shall be taken from the delivery piping of the pumps to the priming tank. Diameter of the tapping pipe shall be 100 mm. Suitable sluice valve and non return valve shall be provided between the tank and tapping points. Power supply to the pump shall be from the main power control centre in Power House. The power supply cable shall be underground and shall not pass under any building or permanent structure. The electrical installation shall confirm to Clause 7.4.3 and its sub clauses 7.4.3.1 to 7.4.3.20 of TAC Manual Part I. (c) One Diesel engine driven pump Diesel engine driven horizontal, centrifugal pump similar to electrically driven unit shall be provided as standby pump. The pump shall be exclusively for fire fighting usage and no other connections shall be tapped. Alternatively, a separate power connection can be given from the

183 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Diesel Generator set to the electrically driven pump. In this case the Diesel Generator set is to be installed in a separate building, or the Diesel engine room should be segregated from adjoining area in a manner indicated in Clause 7.4.3.1 of the TAC Manual Part I. (d) One Pump room The Pump shall be located in a room. The pump room shall be located at a distance, which shall be more than 6 m away from any adjoining building. The roof of the pump room shall be minimum 100 mm thick and access to the room shall be from the outside. The pump room shall have brick walls and non-combustible roof. Adequate lighting, ventilation and drainage arrangement shall be provided. 8.15.2 Hydrant service (a) Hydrant mains The hydrant mains shall be laid underground and shall be out of Wrought or Mild steel pipes, of Medium grade conforming to IS : 1239 or IS : 3589. The pipeline shall be of welded construction. Qualified welders shall carry out the welding. At least 10% of all welded joints shall be radio-graphically tested and 50% of the joints radio-graphed shall be field joints. Under ground mains shall be laid 1100 mm below ground level. The distance between the main factory building shall be kept in such a way that distance between the hydrant valve and the building wall shall be minimum 2 m. Suitable supports below the mains shall have to be provided if soil condition demands. The system shall be capable of withstanding for two hours a pressure of 10.5 kg/ cm2(g) without fall in the pressure. The pipeline shall have to be hydraulically tested in the presence of the Inspectors from the Regional Committee at least twice during erection. The underground piping shall have to be coated and wrapped as per IS: 10221. Wherever fitted, flanges shall have machined face, drilled holes, and have jointing of rubber insertion or equivalent. Suitable cut off valves are to be provided in the piping mains to enable isolation of selected sections as per requirement. These valves shall be encased in suitable valve chambers. These valves shall be right hand, screw down, non-rising spindle type. Fittings installed underground shall be of Cast Iron Heavy grade conforming to IS: 1538 whereas those fitted above ground shall be of Medium grade wrought or mild steel conforming to IS: 1239 Part II or malleable iron fittings conforming to IS: 1879 Part I to X. Mains shall be laid surrounding the bagasse yard. Indicative ratios of different sizes of pipes for mains are

184 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. tabulated below. For the purpose of estimating the number of hydrants, method given in Clause 7.5.10 of the above said Manual is followed. No of hydrants Size of mains mm NB Percentage

About 50 150 28 125 40 100 32

The percentage furnished above is with respect to total length of pipeline of the hydrant system. (b) Hydrants and fixed monitors All hydrant outlets shall be 1 m above ground level. The stand posts shall be 80 mm NB for single hydrant. For double headed hydrants, and monitors of 63 and 75 mm the stand posts shall be 100 mm NB.

Single hydrants are used where the hydrant main passes around the buildings. Double hydrants and fixed monitors are used near bagasse storage space. For the single and double headed hydrants the hydrant valve shall be oblique with outlet angled towards ground. The hydrant couplings shall be of instantaneous spring lock female type of 63 mm dia. The hydrant valves shall be screw down type. (d) Hosepipes and nozzles The hoses shall be kept in glass-fronted boxes near the hydrants. Each hose box shall contain two hoses of length 15 m each. All hoses shall be either unlined canvas as per IS : 4927; or Rubber lined woven jacketed complying with type II reinforced rubber lined as per IS:636. Total number of hoses required shall be 82. 0% additional quantity shall be kept as spare. All couplings shall be of instantaneous spring lock type of 63 mm dia size and the nozzles shall be 32 mm. Couplings, branch pipes, and nozzles shall be as per IS : 903. Couplings shall be attached to the nozzles as stipulated in the Manual. The total number of nozzles shall be half the total quantity of hoses. (d) One Fire alarm A fire alarm unit shall have to be installed so that factory and colony can be alerted in case of a fire. The system consists of an electrically operated siren of effective audibility over an area of 5 km radius. Sound of the siren should be different from factory shift siren. The siren should be installed on highest structure in the factory. Areas of maximum fire

185 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD. susceptibility are bagasse yard, molasses and oil storage, sugar godown, power house and power control centre. The starters for the siren should be located in these areas; and at about 9 different places including security office in the factory; so that it shall be easy for anyone to operate the siren quickly on noticing a fire. The following type of fire extinguishers have been proposed at strategic locations in the plant: Location Type of Fire extinguishers

x Turbogenerator area CO2 Type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder

x Cable galleries CO2 Type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder

x High voltage panel CO2 Type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder

x Control rooms CO2 Type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder

x MCC rooms CO2 Type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder

x Pump houses CO2 Type, Foam type dry chemical powder

x Fuel tank Area CO2 type, Foam Type Dry chemical powder Sand Basket x Offices & Godowns Foam Type Dry chemical powder

x Crushers house CO2 Type, Foam Type dry chemical powder x Baggase yard x Workshop x Sugar Godown x Store dept. x Laboratory x Sugar house/Centrifugal section. Rescue and Repair Services Effective working of rescue team is an essence during the disaster. In order to make the services of rescue team more effective following equipment/items shall be provided to the team: Ȉ Gas mask respirators Ȉ Fire proximity suits Ȉ Resuscitators Ȉ Petromax lamp/Torches Ȉ Axes/hand saw Ȉ Fire blankets Ȉ Ropes

186 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Ȉ Ladders Ȉ Rubber glove (Tested upto 25,000 voltage) Ȉ Blanket Ȉ Rubber shoes or industrial shoes Alarm System To Be Followed During Disaster On receiving t Ǯ ǡ Ǯ ǯͷǤ broad cast disaster message through public address system. On receiving the message of ǲ ǳ ǲ ǳǤ explained to one and all to avoid panic or misunderstanding during disaster.

Actions To Be Taken On Hearing The Warning Signal On receiving the disaster message following actions will be taken: x All the members of advisory committee, personnel manager, security controller, etc shall reach the SECR. x The plant personnel of different sections persons will remain ready in their respective sections for crash shutdown on the instruction form SECR. x The persons from other sections will report to their respective officer. x The concerned section will take immediate action to remo ǯ outside the plant gate. x Residents of township will remain alert. Important Telephone Numbers Emergency Services Hospitals in Phaltan Fire Helpline: Phaltan Municipal Corporation Dr. (101) Babasaheb Ambedkar Chowk, Phaltan-415523 Police Helpline: Phaltan Police Station,Near Phaltan 02166 222333, 02166 Airport, Girvi Naka, Phaltan. 222533,100

M.S.E.B Helpline: 02166 222322

187 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Ambulance Serrvice

9850595860 Shrimant Malojiraje Rajesaheb Hospital - 8796462121 9850595860 Shri Krishna Ambulance Services - 9923905354 Siddhnath Hospital - 9850595860 Abhinav MRI Center - Joshi Hospital - 9850595860 Phaltan Aarogya Mandal, 9850595860 Cardio Ambulance Service - 9923905354 9422405030 Nikop Hospital - 9420627979 Lokmanya Ambulance Service - 9422733277 Dr. B. K. Yadav Magar Hospital - Dr. Hemant Magar 02166 220795 Krutam Hospital - Dr. Khandelwal 02166 220859 Direct number 102

Blood Banks in Phaltan: Phaltan Medical foundation - Blood bank Near Dnyaneshwar Mandir, 02166 221197, 02166 220897

Behind State Bank of India, Phaltan - 415523 Dr. M. A. Pol Nursing Home - Blood Storage Center Near Dnyaneshwar 02166 221197, 7588381633 Mandir, Behind State Bank of India, Phaltan - 415523 Yash Blood Storage Center Near Yash Maternity and Nursing Home, Ring 9881160017, 9960001752

road, Laxminagar, Phaltan-415523

188 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

PUBLIC HEARING DATA

189 | Page

PROCEEDINGS

Sr. Question Remark/Reply No. 1 SHRI. SUBHASH PANDHARINATH SHINDE, The Effluent treatment plant is GHADGEWADI asked, what is the provision planned provided as per the prescribed by company for the waste water / effluent coming from guidelines by MoEF the operation 2 SHRI. ASHOK GODASE, BIBI asked, is this water will If requested, we will provide the water be provided to farmers? accordingly. 3 SHRI PRAKASH SHINDE, KAPASHI- What majors Baggase will be used as fuel, which will be taken to minimize the emission from the contains less sulphur. Therefore stack? Please explain to the farmers. SO2 emission is very negligible due to baggase incineration. To avoid negative impact on the air quality of nearby area mitigation measures such as effective stack height (86 m and 60m) and use of air pollution control devices such as Electrostatic precipitator is proposed. Ash from boiler will be sold to brick producers or used in land filling 4 Management yet to finalise the Shri Shivaji Shendage, Aasu Ȃ whether Agreement will be carryout for water decision. Management will take proper decision 5 As per government guidelines and SHRI VIJAY JANARDAN SABALE, PAWARWADI Ȃ policy the generated electricity is Will Electricity generation from Cogenaration plan to be used inside the plant itself distributed to nearby farmers? and rest of the electricity should be transmit to the MAHADISCOM. if Government create the policy, then it may provide to the famers 6 Compost will not be generating SHRI. RAVINDRA SHIVAJI BHAPKAR, SONGAON from the proposed project. Ȃ Will the nearby farmers may get any benefit from the proposed project? 7 CSR activities, SHRI. ABHIJIT KADAM, KAPASHI- what benefit ǯ community development, schools, will receive by nearby villages. vocational training etc will be takes place. 8 SHRI. PRAKASH SHINDE, KAPASHI Ȃ Due to the Molasses will be utilize inside the transportation of molasses and effluent the road of plant itself for distillery and the area may get slippery during monsoon and effluent will also be treated. due to this accident may occur. Therefore no effect will be possible on the road transportation. During above proceeding the management has satisfactorily answered the quarries of present villagers and farmers.

Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner

ANNEXURE

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE A LIST OF EQUIPMENTS FOR PROPOSED SUGAR, DISTILLERY AND CO-GENERATION PROJECT List of Equipment for Sugar Unit Ȃ 1 Cane carriers 17 Syrup tank 2 Rake carriers 18 Syrup and molasses tanks 3 Cane choppers 19 Vacuum pans 4 Swing hammer fibrizor 20 Continuous vacuum pans 5 Cane crusher. 21 Seed and vacuum crystallizer 6 Phosphate slurry tank 22 Vacuum crystallizer 7 Juice sulphiter 23 Crystallizer 8 Juice heater 24 Magma pumps 9 Juice pump 25 Molasses pumps (screw type) 10 Sulphur burner 26 Batch centrifuge machine 11 Air compressor 27 Continuous centrifuge machine 12 Milk of lime preparation unit 28 Sugar grading unit 13 Juice clarifier 29 Weighing and stitching 14 Vacuum filter 30 Bagasse carrier 15 Quadruple effect evaporator set 31 Mill house crane 16 Syrup sulphiter 32 Compressed air system

List of Equipments To be Installed for Distillery Unit

1 Dry Molasses Tank 23 CO2 Scrubber 2 Automatic Molasses Weighing System 24 Cooling Tower for Fermentation 3 Weighed Molasses Receiving Tank 25 CO2 Stripping column Weighed Molasses transfer Pump with 4 26 Stripping Column Motor 5 Jacketed Yeast Vessel 27 Pre-rectifier Column 6 Molasses Diluter 28 Extraction Column 7 Yeast Vessel Cooler 29 Rectifier Column 8 Instrument and Control 30 Fusel Oil Column 9 Ball Valve / Butterfly valves 31 Head Column 10 Piping 32 Cold, hot Water and FOC tank 11 Fermenters 33 Rectifier Reflux tank RE- boiler for stripping column, 12 Fermenters cooler 34 pre rectifier and extraction column Fermenting Wash RE-circulation pump 13 35 Degasser condenser with Motor Vent Condenser for Co2 14 Wash Settling Tank 36 Stripper, 15 Sludge Tank 37 Heater

190 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

16 Clarified Wash Tank 38 PLC Modules 17 Yeast Separator 39 RS, Fused oil, Cooler Centrifugal Decanter for Sludge Cooling tower for distillation+ 18 40 Separation Evaporation Adsorber bed with molecular 19 Yeast Activation Tank 41 sieve 20 Anti Foam Agent Tank 42 Recovery Column 21 Nutrient Mixing tank with Agent 43 Storage tank 22 Concentrated Acid Tank

List of Equipments To be Installed at SAIL Cogeneration Plant Sr. Item of Machinery / Misc. Fixed Assets No.

Machinery 1 HP boiler & auxiliaries 2 Steam Turbine Generator and Auxiliaries 3 Electrical Evacuation / Interface System & tie line cost 4 Piping, Valves, PRDSH and Fittings 5 Bagasse & Ash Handling System and Auxiliaries 6 Water Treatment Plant, Cooling Tower, Raw Water and Circulation Pumps 7 Soft Water Plant, DM Plant and Storage Tanks 8 Compressed air Systems 9 Office Equipment, Furniture & Fixture, Computer PABX Systems 10 Spares, Tools and Tackles 11 Workshop & Lab Equipment 12 AC & Ventilation System 13 Fire Figthing Equipment 14 Material Handling Equipment 15 Trucks / Pick-up Vans /Cars / Jeeps etc. 16 Misc. Items 17 DG Set & Fuel Oil Tank 18 Bio-mass Depot

191 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE B LOCATION MAP

192 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE C STUDY AREA (BUFFER ZONE)

193 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE D LAYOUT SUGAR COGENERATION AND DISTILLERY UNIT

194 | Page PRODUCED BY AN AUTODESK EDUCATIONAL PRODUCT T.B.M. - 101.000 M. ON KATTA

TO MOTEWADI

100 18.43

120.60 265.82 105 110 115 21.71

CANE MARSHALLING YARD

81.38 19

99.09 64.27 11.04 115 59.42 37.77

90 64.89 1 PRODUCED BY AN AUTODESK EDUCATIONAL AUTODESK BY AN PRODUCTPRODUCED 90 6.40 39.31 62.26 83.28 20 32.91 38.20 7 110 118.88 2 CANE YARD 105 18 164.13 LEGENDS :- 110 48.82 3 01) CANE CARRIER 02) MILL HOUSE 90 39.08 95 03) EVAPORATION HOUSE 95.27 4 04) PAN HOUSE 90 05) SUGAR HOUSE 42.85 24.72 06) CLARIFICATION HOUSE 07) BOILER HOUSE 5 80.16 6 08) POWER HOUSE 09) RETUEN BAGGASSE CARRIER 110 10) SPRAY POND 11) MOLLASSES TANKS 86.74 12) PUMP HOUSE FOR SPRAY 81.70 13) SULPHUR HOUSE GOTHA 115 14) STORE GODOWN 41.47 15) OPEN YARD 95 16) FAN HOUSE

6.67 17) WORK SHOP 63 18) CANE YARD 63.97 8 18.19 19) CANE MARSHALLING YARD 12.11 20) CANE OFFICE WELL 18.26 21) ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING 115 22) WEIGH BRIDGE 23) SECURITY 45.30 24) SUGAR GODOWN 25) SPACE FOR DISTILLARY 26) CHIEF CHEMIST & ENGINEER 27) CHIMNEY

46.09 28) G.S.R. 29) E.T.P. 30) D. G. SET 200.60 31) SWITCH YARD 32) FW TANKS & PUMP 33) GUNNY BAG GODOWN 110 34) COGEN COOLING TOWER WELL 35) BAGGASE SHED 73.28 36) COAL SHED 27 37) SPACE FOR COLONY 28 38) DALIMB OUTER 29 96.55 110 59.10 30 110 PRODUCEDPRODUCT AN BY AUTODESK EDUCATIONAL 26

9/10 110

154.02

23 24 11 81.94 31.23

12 110 59.84

21 15 13

14 105 16 20

200.54 WELL

PRAMOD V. JOSHI 18 105 PRODUCT EDUCATIONAL AUTODESK AN BY PRODUCED EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE E METEOROLOGICAL DATA MONITORED AT PROPOSED SITE Meteorological Data Monitored Showing Max. And Min. Average Temperature and Relative Humidity NORMALS OF TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY (SATARA) Month. Mean Daily Mean Daily Relative Humidity Maximum Minimum 0830 1700* Temperature. Temperature. C C % % January 29.5 13.9 57 25 February 30.8 15.8 47 21 March 34.6 19.2 31 17 April 36.3 21.7 3 4 28 May 36..8 22.8 39 36 June 29.9 21.8 72 66 July 25.4 21.1 82 79 August 25.7 20.5 82 77 September 27.2 20.1 79 72 October 30.2 19.7 68 51 November 28.6 16.7 64 37 December 28.4 14.4 58 31 Annual 30.3 19.0 59 45 Talukawise Rainfall of Satara District 2011 Sr. No Name of Rainy Days Rainfall mm taluka 1 Mahableshwar 109 6555 2 Wai 50 903 3 Khandala 33 444 4 Phaltan 28 311 5 Man 22 242 6 Khatav 30 393 7 Koregaon 52 514 8 Satara 65 851 9 Jawali 81 1721 10 Patan 83 1909 11 Karad 55 617

195 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE F AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING Ambient Air Quality Monitored at Project Site Sample Date of ʹͶ ɊȀ3 Mg/m3 No. Monitoring PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO 1 3-4/12/2014 50.8 15.6 9.1 17.2 1.20 2 5-6/12/2014 52.3 15.2 9.2 16.1 1.10 3 10-11/12/2014 52.2 15.6 9.8 14.7 1.21 4 12-13/12/2014 57.6 15.3 7.7 15.1 1.13 5 17-18/12/2014 55.8 15.4 6.3 14.3 1.14 6 19-20/12/2014 51.3 15.2 5.9 18.6 1.14 7 24-25/12/2014 53.8 14.9 6.8 18.7 1.15 8 26-27/12/2014 52.1 14.6 6.7 14.2 1.14 9 5-6/1/2015 52.3 12.4 8.1 16.0 1.13 10 7-8/1/2015 51.5 14.7 10.8 14.5 1.70 11 12-13/1/2015 57.6 13.1 10.7 18.7 1.54 12 14-15/1/2015 58.1 13.3 10.6 18.2 1.32 13 19-20/1/2015 56.8 14.3 9.8 18.3 1.25 14 21-22/1/2015 56.3 13.5 8.2 18.1 1.21 15 27-28/1/2015 53.6 15.8 7.8 14.2 1.32 16 29-30/1/2015 54.5 14.1 10.1 17.4 1.39 17 2-3/2/2015 54.8 12.2 10.8 18.6 1.26 18 4-5/2/2015 56.7 13.6 11.4 18.7 1.29 19 10-11/2/2015 56.2 13.9 10.9 14.1 1.34 20 12-13/2/2015 55.8 14.5 10.4 17.2 1.90 21 16-17/2/2015 54.8 12.9 11.4 18.1 2.10 22 18-19/2/2015 57.6 13.2 11.2 16.3 1.53 23 23-24/2/2015 58.2 14.9 10.3 14.2 1.45 24 25-26/2/2015 56.3 13.0 10.2 15.9 1.35 98percentile 58.1 15.7 11.4 18.7 2.0

Ambient Air Quality Monitored At Kapashi Sample Date of Monitoring ʹͶ ɊȀ3 Mg/m No. 3 PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO 1 3-4/12/2014 58.9 19.9 10.2 16.1 1.12 2 5-6/12/2014 57.7 20.5 10.3 15.7 1.14 3 10-11/12/2014 63.5 17.9 9.4 13.3 1.20 4 12-13/12/2014 60.6 16.6 9.6 13.8 0.97 5 17-18/12/2014 57.0 15.4 11.2 16.9 0.91 6 19-20/12/2014 55.3 14.5 11.3 17.4 0.85 7 24-25/12/2014 54.3 17.6 11.5 10.8 0.86 8 26-27/12/2014 56.3 17.3 11.0 9.9 1.03

196 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

9 5-6/1/2015 55.1 17.4 11.3 11.0 1.10 10 7-8/1/2015 56.7 15.0 11.0 10.0 1.00 11 12-13/1/2015 54.2 16.9 11.1 14.1 1.04 12 14-15/1/2015 52.3 16.7 11.3 15.2 1.02 13 19-20/1/2015 52.9 16.0 12.2 17.5 1.05 14 21-22/1/2015 58.1 15.8 11.8 18.1 1.01 15 27-28/1/2015 53.3 16.7 11.4 17.7 1.30 16 29-30/1/2015 57.4 18.4 11.6 20.9 1.32 17 2-3/2/2015 56.6 20.8 11.2 17.1 1.06 18 4-5/2/2015 56.8 21.1 11.3 16.4 1.20 19 10-11/2/2015 54.1 16.8 11.5 16.2 1.04 20 12-13/2/2015 56.4 16.3 12.0 17.2 1.09 21 16-17/2/2015 57.3 16.4. 11.0 18.4 1.10 22 18-19/2/2015 55.4 15.3 11.9 20.1 1.03 23 23-24/2/2015 51.4 15.9 12.1 18.8 1.05 24 25-26/2/2015 56.3 17.9 12.3 19.1 1.15 98 percentile 62.1 20.95 12.25 20.53 1.31

Ambient Air Quality Monitored at Takubaichiwadi Sample Date of Monitoring 24 Hour Average ConcenɊȀ3 Mg/M3 No. PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO 1 3-4/12/2014 40.1 19.2 8.1 15.8 0.90 2 5-6/12/2014 32.5 15.3 9.2 15.5 0.68 3 10-11/12/2014 39.7 20.5 7.8 14.7 0.62 4 12-13/12/2014 35.3 15.6 7.1 13.1 0.61 5 17-18/12/2014 44.8 21.9 7.9 12.3 0.69 6 19-20/12/2014 49.7 23.1 6.8 15.0 0.72 7 24-25/12/2014 45.4 22.2 7.5 15.2 0.62 8 26-27/12/2014 46.5 23.9 6.8 10.5 0.66 9 5-6/1/2015 44.3 27.1 8.1 11.6 0.71 10 7-8/1/2015 45.9 25.2 6.7 10.4 0.77 11 12-13/1/2015 46.2 26.1 5.9 11.2 0.82 12 14-15/1/2015 43.2 21.1 6.2 15.2 0.73 13 19-20/1/2015 48.1 23.5 8.1 10.9 0.69 14 21-22/1/2015 42.1 20.2 6.8 10.1 0.59 15 27-28/1/2015 40.5 18.5 6.9 12.0 0.66 16 29-30/1/2015 42.8 21.1 7.1 15.6 0.65 17 2-3/2/2015 47.4 28.4 6.9 12.2 0.74 18 4-5/2/2015 46.2 28.8 6.8 11.6 0.71 19 10-11/2/2015 48.1 27.1 7.9 10.7 0.77 20 12-13/2/2015 42.1 24.3 7.2 11.2 0.67 21 16-17/2/2015 40.5 25.6 9.4 12.6 0.81 22 18-19/2/2015 42.9 22.4 9.5 12.9 0.64 23 23-24/2/2015 45.6 23.6 7.7 11.4 0.70 24 25-26/2/2015 45.2 23.9 8.7 12.9 0.72 98th percentile 48.9 28.6 9.45 15.7 0.86

197 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Ambient Air Quality Monitored at Nandal Sample Date of Monitoring 24 Hour Average Concentration in mg/m3 No. ɊȀ3 PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO 1 3-4/12/2014 51.3 20.1 4.5 9.8 0.80 2 5-6/12/2014 51.8 20.9 7.1 10.5 0.78 3 10-11/12/2014 49.1 20.2 7.3 10.6 0.72 4 12-13/12/2014 45.5 18.8 4.8 9.8 0.51 5 17-18/12/2014 44.9 19.5 6.0 10.2 0.60 6 19-20/12/2014 42.8 20.7 4.1 11.7 0.78 7 24-25/12/2014 45.6 19.2 7.0 11.9 0.61 8 26-27/12/2014 47.7 21.2 7.1 10.8 0.60 9 5-6/1/2015 45.9 20.9 7.5 11.2 0.70 10 7-8/1/2015 46.0 21.1 6.3 11.2 0.71 11 12-13/1/2015 47.9 18.7 4.8 11.7 0.52 12 14-15/1/2015 42.7 19.6 7.1 11.9 0.53 13 19-20/1/2015 48.1 20.8 7.5 10.8 0.59 14 21-22/1/2015 42.5 20.3 7.1 11.2 0.51 15 27-28/1/2015 40.5 21.7 7.2 12.6 0.56 16 29-30/1/2015 42.9 21.1 5.9 12.3 0.66 17 2-3/2/2015 47.2 21.8 5.5 12.1 0.71 18 4-5/2/2015 48.4 21.7 5.6 10.6 0.70 19 10-11/2/2015 48.1 21.9 7.7 11.5 0.72 20 12-13/2/2015 42.6 21.8 7.3 11.2 0.62 21 16-17/2/2015 41.9 21.1 6.9 8.8 0.80 22 18-19/2/2015 42.6 21.6 5.1 11.1 0.61 23 23-24/2/2015 45.0 21.4. 7.1 10.8 0.71 24 25-26/2/2015 44.3 20.4 6.7 11.4 0.66 98 percentile 51.7 21.8 7.6 12.4 0.80

Ambient Air Quality Monitored at Adarki BK Sample Date of ʹͶ ɊȀ3 Mg/m3 No. Monitoring PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO 1 7-8 /12/2014 39.1 15.8 4.3 11.9 0.88 2 9-10/12/2014 38.8 16.8 7.1 12.7 0.68 3 11-12/12/2014 37.2 17.9 7.2 12.3 0.62 4 13-14/12/2014 34.1 16.3 4.3 9.9 0.61 5 15-16/12/2014 37.9 17.2 6.5 12.9 0.63 6 17-18/12/2014 37.2 16.1 4.7 12.1 0.68 7 20-21/12/2014 38.1 17.3 7.1 12.2 0.61 8 22-23/12/2014 32.8 16.1 7.8 10.2 0.60 9 1-2/1/2015 35.9 17.3 7.1 12.8 0.73 10 3-4/1/2015 37.7 18.2 6.1 12.0 0.74 11 8-9/1/2015 37.1 19.5 4.7 12.3 0.50 12 10-11/1/2015 38.1 19.9 7.1 12.6 0.51 13 15-16/1/2015 40.1 21.4 7.3 10.2 0.52

198 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

14 17-18/1/2015 40.0 20.7 7.1 12.8 0.59 15 21-22/1/2015 40.4 21.3 7.8 13.3 0.53 16 23-24/1/2015 40.2 20.0 4.1 12.1 0.60 17 6-7/2/2015 39.1 19.7 4.7 12.5 0.70 18 8-9/2/2015 35.2 17.7 5.2 10.2 0.76 19 14-15/2/2015 30.7 16.2 7.3 12.3 0.78 20 16-17/2/2015 30.9 15.2 7.8 12.1 0.60 21 20-21/2/2015 38.1 18.2 4.1 8.8 0.89 22 22-23/2/2015 36.1 18.2 5.6 12.1 0.62 23 25-26/2/2015 35.2 17.6 7.5 10.3 0.70 24 27-28/2/2015 36.4 18.8 4.1 12.0 0.68 98 percentile 40.2 21.3 7.8 12.9 0.88 Ambient Air Quality Monitored at Bibi Sampl Date of ʹͶ ɊȀ3 mg/m3 e No. Monitoring PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO 1 7-8 /12/2014 48.6 12.9 7.2 13.2 0.97 2 9-10/12/2014 51.4 15.1 7.8 13.7 0.88 3 11-12/12/2014 47.3 13.9 6.3 13.6 0.82 4 13-14/12/2014 45.8 13.2 6.5 13.3 0.81 5 15-16/12/2014 44.9 12.2 6.8 14.1 0.83 6 17-18/12/2014 48.7 11.2 7.3 14.7 0.78 7 20-21/12/2014 52.3 13.1 6.9 14.4 0.91 8 22-23/12/2014 45.3 13.9 7.5 13.3 0.90 9 1-2/1/2015 47.7 12.8 6.4 12.8 0.93 10 3-4/1/2015 43.2 13.4 7.5 13.8 0.94 11 8-9/1/2015 47.7 13.4 7.0 13.5 0.90 12 10-11/1/2015 43.5 13.8 7.4 13.2 1.00 13 15-16/1/2015 42.4 13.1 7.3 10.1 0.72 14 17-18/1/2015 40.8 15.1 7.0 12.1 0.79 15 21-22/1/2015 42.2 12.2 7.1 13.3 0.73 16 23-24/1/2015 49.1 16.3 4.2 12.6 0.70 17 6-7/2/2015 39.0 11.2 4.1 12.2 0.75 18 8-9/2/2015 45.8 11.2 5.9 10.5 0.86 19 14-15/2/2015 44.9 12.1 7.9 12.5 0.88 20 16-17/2/2015 40.1 12.7 7.5 12.8 0.80 21 20-21/2/2015 48.6 12.2 8.9 18.1 0.89 22 22-23/2/2015 46.9 15.1 5.2 12.6 0.82 23 25-26/2/2015 45.4 15.6 7.2 10.1 0.90 24 27-28/2/2015 46.3 16.5 7.1 12.9 0.98 98 percentile 51.4 16.3 7.98 14.9 0.986

199 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

Ambient Air Quality Monitored at Alijapur Sample Date of 24 Hour Av ɊȀ3 mg/m3 No. Monitoring PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO 1 7-8 /12/2014 55.3 10.2 5.3 9.2 0.91 2 9-10/12/2014 57.8 10.2 5.8 12.5 0.90 3 11-12/12/2014 54.3 10.2 5.3 12.6 0.93 4 13-14/12/2014 49.8 11.2 4.5 9.7 0.94 5 15-16/12/2014 54.3 09.5 6.8 12.2 0.90 6 17-18/12/2014 51.7 09.4 5.3 12.7 0.91 7 20-21/12/2014 55.4 10.6 7.1 9.2 0.72 8 22-23/12/2014 51.0 10.9 4.2 10.5 0.79 9 1-2/1/2015 56.2 8.7 4.4 10.0 0.73 10 3-4/1/2015 50.2 8.9 5.7 8.4 0.74 11 8-9/1/2015 48.6 8.7 5.0 7.9 0.50 12 10-11/1/2015 49.2 9.3 4.2 9.1 0.51 13 15-16/1/2015 54.2 12.3 7.0 7.4 0.52 14 17-18/1/2015 50.1 10.9 7.1 7.6 0.59 15 21-22/1/2015 52.8 11.6 7.2 9.7 0.53 16 23-24/1/2015 59.5 10.5 4.9 8.0 0.78 17 6-7/2/2015 49.2 11.3 5.9 9.2 0.72 18 8-9/2/2015 45.7 10.8 5.7 9.5 0.51 19 14-15/2/2015 50.4 11.7 7.5 12.5 0.60 20 16-17/2/2015 50.1 15.2 7.2 12.2 0.78 21 20-21/2/2015 48.6 11.9 4.9 8.6 0.61 22 22-23/2/2015 46.7 12.5 5.5 12.9 0.60 23 25-26/2/2015 45.1 14.2 7.2 10.4 0.70 24 27-28/2/2015 47.9 16.2 4.7 12.9 0.69 98 percentile 57.9 15.2 7.2 12.89 0.93 Ambient Air Quality Monitored at Ghadgewadi Sample Date of ʹͶ ɊȀ3 mg/m3 No. Monitoring PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO 1 7-8 /12/2014 41.2 18.8 7.2 13.2 1.10 2 9-10/12/2014 44.3 19.3 7.8 14.4 1.13 3 11-12/12/2014 47.5 17.7 6.3 14.9 1.05 4 13-14/12/2014 51.3 19.3 6.5 14.1 0.93 5 15-16/12/2014 53.2 17.5 6.8 14.3 0.94 6 17-18/12/2014 44.5 18.6 7.3 13.7 0.81 7 20-21/12/2014 41.6 18.6 6.9 14.7 0.83 8 22-23/12/2014 43.8 16.3 7.5 13.6 1.08 9 1-2/1/2015 47.6 17.9 6.4 12.9 1.11 10 3-4/1/2015 49.2 19.5 7.5 12.6 1.02 11 8-9/1/2015 46.1 21.4 7.0 14.6 1.01 12 10-11/1/2015 48.2 19.2 7.4 12.9 1.08 13 15-16/1/2015 48.6 16.1 7.3 14.5 1.06 14 17-18/1/2015 51.4 17.5 6.8 13.8 1.00 15 21-22/1/2015 47.3 16.5 8.2 15.8 1.13

200 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

16 23-24/1/2015 45.8 16.8 7.2 16.5 1.12 17 6-7/2/2015 44.9 16.9 8.1 15.4 1.07 18 8-9/2/2015 48.7 14.6 8.3 13.7 1.10 19 14-15/2/2015 52.3 15.1 8.1 16.7 1.09 20 16-17/2/2015 45.3 16.8 8.4 15.8 1.01 21 20-21/2/2015 47.7 15.8 8.6 13.6 1.10 22 22-23/2/2015 43.2 15.9 7.5 14.6 1.13 23 25-26/2/2015 47.7 16.4 6.8 15.6 1.02 24 27-28/2/2015 43.5 16.2 8.1 13.2 0.97 98 percentile 52.3 19.6 8.5 16.5 1.13

201 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE G NOISE LEVELS MONITORIED WITHIN BUFFER ZONE Noise Levels Monitored Within Buffer Zone

Sr. Monitoring Day Time Night Time CPCB Standards No. Location in Noise Noise Level in Day Time Night Time Village Level in dB-A Noise Noise Level in dB-A Level in dB-A dB-A Ld Ln Ld Ln 1 Project site 51.1 38.2 55.0 45.0 2 Kapashi 53.8 41.8 55.0 45.0 3 Thakubaichiwadi 51.2 39.2 55.0 45.0 4 Nandal 47.9 38.2 55.0 45.0 5 Adarki BK 49.2 37.1 55.0 45.0 6 Bibi 48.2 41.1 55.0 45.0 7 Ghadgewadi 50.7 40.5 55.0 45.0 8 Alijapur 51.8 41.2 55.0 45.0

202 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE H GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORED WITHIN BUFFER ZONE Sr. Water Quality Monitored in Village @Standar No Parameter Unit Project Thakubaichiwa Hingangao Kapashi ds . Site di n 1 pH -- 7.5 7.64 7.44 8.29 6.5 Ȃ 8.5 Haze 2 Color n > 5 > 5 > 5 > 5 15 unit Odourles Odourles 3 Odour -- Odourless Odourless -- s s Agreeabl Agreeabl 4 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable -- e e Total 5 mg/l 152 332 278 311 600 Hardness 6 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.07 0.1 0.15 0.19 1 Chlorides as 7 mg/l 11.9 15.9 17.6 19.9 600 Cl Residual 8 mg/l 0.027 0.04 0.011 0.06 0.2 Chlorine Total 9 Dissolved mg/l 201.3 363.2 280.9 231.2 2000 Solids 10 Alkalinity mg/l 148 200 380 321 600 Ammoniaca 11 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL lȂN Calcium as 12 mg/l 45 118 91.6 93 200 Ca Magnesium 13 mg/l 8.9 12.4 15.4 21.1 100 as Mg Sodium as 14 mg/l 60.3 41.7 51.2 49.9 -- Na Sulphate as 15 mg/l 22.2 22.5 34.4 26.8 400 SO4 Nitrate as 16 mg/l 11.5 18.7 19.1 20 100 NO3 Fluorides as 17 mg/l 0.2 0.24 0.31 0.3 1.5 F Phenolic 18 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.002 Compounds Mercury as 19 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001 Hg Cadmium as 20 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 Cd Selenium as 21 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 Se 22 Arsenic as mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05

203 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

As Barium as 23 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL -- Ba Potassium 24 Mg/l 12.7 12.9 15.9 14.2 as K Cyanide as 25 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 CN 26 Lead as Pb mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 27 Zinc as Zn mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 15 28 Aluminium mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.2 29 Boron mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 5 Dissolved 30 mg/l 4.2 4.1 3.8 4 Oxygen 31 COD mg/l 11.3 12.6 16.2 18.9

Ground Water Quality Monitored Within Buffer Zone Water Quality Monitored in Village Sr. Parameter Unit Adarki @Standards No. Bibi Alijapur Ghadgewadi Bk 1 pH -- 7.73 7.64 7.97 7.33 6.5 Ȃ 8.5 Hazen 2 Color > 5 > 5 > 5 > 5 15 unit 3 Odour -- Odorless Odourless Odourless Odourless -- 4 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- Total 5 mg/l 391 417 422 198 600 Hardness 6 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.12 0.05 0.07 0.1 - Chlorides as 7 mg/l 13.9 20.5 20.6 23.8 100 Cl Residual 8 mg/l 0.04 0.05 0.031 0.09 0.2 Chlorine Total 9 Dissolved mg/l 558 447 426 511 2000 Solids 10 Alkalinity mg/l 160 152 276 244 600 AmmonicalȂ 11 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL N Calcium as 12 mg/l 105 127 113 62.3 200 Ca Magnesium 13 mg/l 34.8 25.2 36.1 12.4 100 as Mg Sodium as 14 mg/l -- Na Sulphate as 15 mg/l 12.1 22.5 17.4 34.1 400 SO4 16 Nitrate as mg/l 32.1 41.8 41.2 48.2 100

204 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

NO3 Fluorides as 17 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.5 F Phenolic 18 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.002 Compounds Mercury as 19 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001 Hg Cadmium as 20 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 Cd Selenium as 21 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 Se Arsenic as 22 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL -- As Barium as 23 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 Ba Potassium 24 mg/l 21.1 18.5 17.9 16.7 -- as K Cyanide as 25 mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 CN 26 Lead as Pb mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 27 Zinc as Zn mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 15 28 Aluminium mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.2 29 Boron mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 5 Dissolved 30 mg/l 3.3 3.8 3.1 2.2 - Oxygen 31 COD mg/l 15.6 18.4 21.4 10.2 -

205 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE I SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORED WITHIN BUFFER ZONE Surface Water Quality Monitored Within Buffer Zone ( water from Nira Canal)at Adarki Kh Sr. Paramete Unit Water Quality Monitored in Nira Canal Standards No r 10.12.1 11.12.1 13.12.1 15.1.15 16.1.15 17.1.15 @ . 4 4 4 1 pH -- 7.2 7.1 7.7 7.4 7.5 7.4 6.5 Ȃ8.5 2 Color Hazen Colorles Colorles Colorles Colorles Colorles Colorles 10 unit s s s s s s 3 Odour Odorles Odorles Odorles Odorles Odorles Odorles Unobjectio s s s s s s nal 4 Taste Agreeab Agreeab Agreeab Agreeab Agreeab Agreeab - le le le le le le 5 Conductivi Micro 492 488 510 486 480 503 - ty mhos 6 Total mg/l 140 137 131 142 148 151 600 Hardness 7 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.1 0.05 ND ND 0.03 0.03 1.0 8 Chlorides mg/l 22 19 20 27 28 31 1000 as Cl 9 Dissolved mg/l 2000 Solids 300 293 316 291 288 301 10 Calcium as mg/l 28.00 22.00 35.00 21.00 25.00 27.00 200 Ca 11 Magnesiu mg/l 13.00 14.00 12.00 15.00 18.00 21.00 100 m as Mg 12 Sodium as mg/l 21.00 20.00 17.00 2400 27.00 30.00 - Na 13 Sulphate mg/l 11.00 12.00 19.00 22.00 14.00 14.00 400 14 Nitrate as mg/l 6.2 68 7.4 7.8 7.4 7.0 100 NO3 15 Arsenic as mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 As 16 Alkalinity mg/l 130 128 126 116 118 112 600 17 Dissolved mg/l 5.3 5.1 5.2 5.2 5.4 5.5 - Oxygen 18 Total MPN/1 106 113 124 108 124 136 - Coliform 00 ml

206 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE J Land Ȃ Use Pattern within Buffer Zone and adjacent Taluka

Sr.No Type of Land Use Land in Hectares Phaltan % Khatav % Taluka Taluka 1 Forest 7599 6.5 5831 4.3 2 Irrigated 45750 39.2 18336 13.6 3 Unirrigated 43024 36.8 89923 66.8 4 Culturable Waste 12104 10.3 7331 5.4 5 Area not available for 8225 7.0 13057 9.7 cultivation 6 Total of 1 to 5 116702 99.8 134478 99.8

Village wise Land use Pattern

Sr. Village Name Total Area Under Different Type of Land Use in Hectares No. Area In Hectares Forest Irrigat Unirrigat Culturable Area not ed ed Waste Available (Including for Gouchar Cultivatio and n Groves) 1 Sherechiwadi 672 54 110 335 157 14 2 Hingangaon 2418 49 494 760 585 526 3 Adarki Kh 1510 484 206 562 198 57 4 Adarki Bk 1300 194 347 540 178 39 5 Kapshi 831 11 148 577 17 76 6 Aljapur 1094 240 203 188 348 112 7 Ghadgewadi 665 18 126 317 124 79 8 Bibi 1284 116 353 454 242 117 9 Korhale 551 199 55 148 22 126 10 Waghoshi 462 143 91 121 58 46 11 Vadgaon 456 11 70 342 31 - 12 Malvadi 1377 202 257 772 131 13 13 Khadki 622 180 112 308 17 3 14 Thakubaichiwadi 225 1 42 167 5 8 15 Nandal 2197 212 145 1474 363 2 16 Mirgaon 1000 31 175 689 43 60 17 Wathar 2140 - 498 1481 128 155 18 Wakhari 1545 187 148 951 185 73S

207 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE K SOIL QUALITY MONITORED WITHIN BUFFER ZONE Soil Quality Monitored Within Buffer Zone Sr. Parameters of Analysis Unit Soil Sample Identity No. N1 N2 N3 N4 1 pH of 10%suspension pH 6.8 6.3 7.1 8.2 2 Moisture content at 1050 C % 4.3 7.6 6.5 5.4 3 Water holding capacity % 41.1 43.1 32.3 34.9 4 Organic carbon % 0.6 0.38 0.41 0.48 5 Total Nitrogen mg/kg 13.2 31.9 34 45 6 Potassium as K Mg/kg 112 476 456 568 7 Phosphorous as P Mg/kg 15.4 10.3 40 32 09 Particle size distribution

Sand % 34.2 43.3 41.1 21.2 Silt % 24.8 23.0 24.6 35.1 Clay % 41.0 32.7 34.3 43.7

LEGEND N1 Agriculture Land at Site N2 Agriculture Land Kapashi village N3 Agriculture Land Thakubaichiwadi village N4 Agriculture Land in Nandal village

Sr. Parameters of Analysis Unit Soil Sample Identity No. N5 N6 N7 N8 1 pH of 10%suspension pH 8.2 7.8 7.6 8.3 2 Moisture content at 1050 % 9.2 11.2 5.2 9.8 C 3 Water holding capacity % 31.8 40.6 38.2 29.1 4 Organic carbon % 0.52 0.66 0.48 0.62 5 Total Nitrogen mg/kg 23.0 51.0 26.9 45.1 6 Potassium as K Mg/kg 390 208.0 194.2 170.0 7 Phosphorous as P Mg/kg 10.9 25.4 22.5 18.4 08 Particle size distribution

Sand % 22.0 43.1 32.1 26.4 Silt % 35.1 25.1 26.7 25.6 Clay % 42.9 31.8 41.2 48.0

LEGEND N5 Agriculture Land at Adarki BK village N6 Agriculture Land Bibi Kh village N7 Agriculture Land Aljapur village N8 Agriculture Land in Ghadgewadi village

208 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE L CROPPING PATTERN Sr. Name of the Crop Phaltan ha Khatav ha Total ha % No. A Cereals Wheat 4041 4000 8041 Jawar 24793 17429 42222 Bajri 450 5100 5550 Maize 1387 238 1625 Subtotal A 30671 26767 57438 55.8 B Oil Seeds Groundnut 412 2089 2501 Cotton 882 962 1844 Kardai 847 892 1739 Soyabean 918 1021 1939 Sunflower 178 119 297 Subtotal B 3237 8320 11557 11.2 C Pulses Gram 490 3091 3581 Tur 413 907 1320 Mug 320 670 990 Udid 494 1214 1708 Kulith 493 62 555 Math 975 3017 3992 SUBTOTAL C 3185 8961 12146 11.8 D Sugarcane 4637 3540 8177 7.9 E Other crops Spices 220 58 278 Fruit and 4005 4420 8425 vegetables Fodder 2672 2024 4696 Subtotal 6897 6502 13399 13.0 Grand total 48627 54090 102717 99.9

209 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE M DEMOGRAPHIC STRUCTURE WITHIN BUFFER ZONE

210 | Page Table 2 : Total population, Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes population and their proportions to total population

(Source : Census of India 2001) State : 27 Maharashtra District : 31 Satara Subdistrict : *All sub-districts

SC Population ST Population Total Area Code Sub-districts Area Population Population % Population %

0001 Mahabaleshwar Total 54,546 2,9835.5 2,465 4.5 0001 Rural 28,529 1,1674.1 2,090 7.3 0001 Urban 26,017 1,8167.0 375 1.4 0002 Wai Total 189,336 11,7306.2 3,403 1.8 0002 Rural 158,226 8,8575.6 3,106 2.0 0002 Urban 31,110 2,8739.2 297 1.0 0003 Khandala Total 119,819 8,5877.2 1,072 0.9 0003 Rural 107,983 7,9867.4 886 0.8 0003 Urban 11,836 6015.1 186 1.6 0004 Phaltan Total 313,627 43,22413.8 2,508 0.8 0004 Rural 262,827 35,18813.4 2,113 0.8 0004 Urban 50,800 8,03615.8 395 0.8 0005 Man Total 199,598 22,77111.4 343 0.2 0005 Rural 179,098 20,15711.3 269 0.2 0005 Urban 20,500 2,61412.8 74 0.4 0006 Khatav Total 260,951 21,7018.3 1,334 0.5 0006 Rural 260,951 21,7018.3 1,334 0.5 0006 Urban 000.0 0 0.0 0007 Koregaon Total 253,128 18,8007.4 1,510 0.6 0007 Rural 236,574 17,2277.3 1,416 0.6 0007 Urban 16,554 1,5739.5 94 0.6 0008 Satara Total 451,870 41,2199.1 3,699 0.8 0008 Rural 282,267 22,0687.8 2,343 0.8 0008 Urban 169,603 19,15111.3 1,356 0.8 0009 Jaoli Total 124,600 4,1233.3 1,694 1.4 0009 Rural 124,600 4,1233.3 1,694 1.4 0009 Urban 000.0 0 0.0 0010 Patan Total 298,095 17,9016.0 1,558 0.5 0010 Rural 286,497 16,5605.8 1,391 0.5 0010 Urban 11,598 1,34111.6 167 1.4 0011 Karad Total 543,424 53,0719.8 2,310 0.4 0011 Rural 483,321 46,9839.7 2,031 0.4 0011 Urban 60,103 6,08810.1 279 0.5 Table 7 : Numbers of literates and literacy rate by sex (Source : Census of India 2001)

State : 27 Maharashtra District : 31 Satara Subdistrict : *All sub-districts

Literates Literacy rate Area Code Sub-districts Area

PersonsMales Females Persons Males Females

0001 Mahabaleshwar Total 40,150 23,682 16,468 84.6 93.1 74.8 0001 Rural 19,510 11,310 8,200 80.7 92.0 69.0 0001 Urban 20,640 12,372 8,268 88.7 94.1 81.7 0002 Wai Total 132,467 72,567 59,900 79.9 89.5 70.8 0002 Rural 108,433 59,620 48,813 78.5 88.8 68.7 0002 Urban 24,034 12,947 11,087 87.1 92.8 81.4 0003 Khandala Total 83,324 46,973 36,351 79.9 89.0 70.6 0003 Rural 74,825 42,253 32,572 79.4 88.9 69.8 0003 Urban 8,499 4,720 3,779 83.9 89.8 77.6 0004 Phaltan Total 205,987 118,246 87,741 75.8 85.4 65.8 0004 Rural 168,207 97,567 70,640 74.1 84.3 63.5 0004 Urban 37,780 20,679 17,101 84.6 91.2 77.7 0005 Man Total 117,625 68,210 49,415 68.8 80.2 57.5 0005 Rural 105,287 61,081 44,206 68.6 80.0 57.2 0005 Urban 12,338 7,129 5,209 71.0 82.0 60.0 0006 Khatav Total 174,649 96,650 77,999 77.1 87.2 67.4 0006 Rural 174,649 96,650 77,999 77.1 87.2 67.4 0006 Urban 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0007 Koregaon Total 179,518 98,563 80,955 81.3 90.2 72.6 0007 Rural 167,653 92,067 75,586 81.3 90.3 72.5 0007 Urban 11,865 6,496 5,369 82.4 89.6 75.1 0008 Satara Total 334,892 183,480 151,412 84.5 92.2 76.8 0008 Rural 200,976 110,598 90,378 81.8 91.3 72.5 0008 Urban 133,916 72,882 61,034 89.0 93.6 84.1 0009 Jaoli Total 81,196 44,649 36,547 75.7 88.8 64.2 0009 Rural 81,196 44,649 36,547 75.7 88.8 64.2 0009 Urban 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0010 Patan Total 184,432 103,903 80,529 72.3 86.4 59.7 0010 Rural 175,443 98,961 76,482 71.6 86.0 58.9 0010 Urban 8,989 4,942 4,047 88.7 95.4 81.7 0011 Karad Total 374,707 212,106 162,601 79.0 88.5 69.3 0011 Rural 329,242 187,361 141,881 78.1 88.1 68.0 0011 Urban 45,465 24,745 20,720 85.7 91.3 79.9 EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE N OCCUPTIONAL STRUCTURE WITHIN BUFFER ZONE

211 | Page Table 9 : Distribution of population by workers and non-workers

State : 27 Maharashtra District : 31 Satara Subdistrict :*All sub-districts (Source : Census of India 2001)

Total Workers Population Non-Workers Area Code Sub-districts Area (Main + Marginal

Persons Males Females PersonsMales Females Persons Males Females

0001 Mahabaleshwar Total 54,546 29,117 25,429 20,313 14,026 6,287 34,233 15,091 19,142 0001 Rural 28,529 14,540 13,989 11,909 7,252 4,657 16,620 7,288 9,332 0001 Urban 26,017 14,577 11,440 8,404 6,774 1,630 17,613 7,803 9,810 0002 Wai Total 189,336 93,706 95,630 89,088 50,368 38,720 100,248 43,338 56,910 0002 Rural 158,226 77,812 80,414 78,180 42,156 36,024 80,046 35,656 44,390 0002 Urban 31,110 15,894 15,216 10,908 8,212 2,696 20,202 7,682 12,520 0003 Khandala Total 119,819 61,130 58,689 57,699 33,127 24,572 62,120 28,003 34,117 0003 Rural 107,983 54,949 53,034 53,432 29,891 23,541 54,551 25,058 29,493 0003 Urban 11,836 6,181 5,655 4,267 3,236 1,031 7,569 2,945 4,624 0004 Phaltan Total 313,627 160,553 153,074 144,552 85,303 59,249 169,075 75,250 93,825 0004 Rural 262,827 134,618 128,209 128,808 72,787 56,021 134,019 61,831 72,188 0004 Urban 50,800 25,935 24,865 15,744 12,516 3,228 35,056 13,419 21,637 0005 Man Total 199,598 100,066 99,532 93,080 51,560 41,520 106,518 48,506 58,012 0005 Rural 179,098 89,735 89,363 84,682 46,292 38,390 94,416 43,443 50,973 0005 Urban 20,500 10,331 10,169 8,398 5,268 3,130 12,102 5,063 7,039 0006 Khatav Total 260,951 128,943 132,008 125,743 69,292 56,451 135,208 59,651 75,557 0006 Rural 260,951 128,943 132,008 125,743 69,292 56,451 135,208 59,651 75,557 0006 Urban 000000000 0007 Koregaon Total 253,128 126,546 126,582 113,461 67,747 45,714 139,667 58,799 80,868 0007 Rural 236,574 118,120 118,454 107,456 63,545 43,911 129,118 54,575 74,543 0007 Urban 16,554 8,426 8,128 6,005 4,202 1,803 10,549 4,224 6,325 0008 Satara Total 451,870 229,062 222,808 179,008 115,292 63,716 272,862 113,770 159,092 0008 Rural 282,267 140,837 141,430 127,205 73,353 53,852 155,062 67,484 87,578 0008 Urban 169,603 88,225 81,378 51,803 41,939 9,864 117,800 46,286 71,514 0009 Jaoli Total 124,600 59,345 65,255 59,021 29,764 29,257 65,579 29,581 35,998 0009 Rural 124,600 59,345 65,255 59,021 29,764 29,257 65,579 29,581 35,998 0009 Urban 000000000 0010 Patan Total 298,095 142,703 155,392 147,339 75,127 72,212 150,756 67,576 83,180 0010 Rural 286,497 136,726 149,771 144,025 72,383 71,642 142,472 64,343 78,129 Total Workers Population Non-Workers Area Code Sub-districts Area (Main + Marginal

Persons Males Females PersonsMales Females Persons Males Females

0010 Patan Urban 11,598 5,977 5,621 3,314 2,744 570 8,284 3,233 5,051 0011 Karad Total 543,424 277,155 266,269 274,354 164,228 110,126 269,070 112,927 156,143 0011 Rural 483,321 246,192 237,129 254,610 148,226 106,384 228,711 97,966 130,745 0011 Urban 60,103 30,963 29,140 19,744 16,002 3,742 40,359 14,961 25,398 EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE O AMENITIES IN BUFFER ZONE Educational Scenario S.No Taluka Literacy Primar High P.U.C Degree Polytechnic Name Percent y Schools Colleg College Colleges age Schools es

1 Phaltan 75.79 338 66 23 2 8 2 Khatav 77.08 268 65 14 5 2

Health Scenario S.No Taluka Allopathy Private Primary Primary Health Name Hospitals Hospitals Health Care Units Centres 1. Phaltan 1 3 6 35 2. Khatav 3 1 7 40

212 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE P SITE PHOTOGRAPH

213 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE Q

PROCESS FLOW CHART COGEN POWER

214 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE ȂR ETP OF SUGAR COGEN COMPLEX

SUGAR UNIT EFFLUENT EFFLUENT OF COGEN

BAR SCREEN CHAMBER

OIL SKIMMER

EQUALIZATION TANK

Sludge PRE CLARIFIER

BIO-AERATION TANK- I

Sludge CLARIFIER

BIO-AERATION TANK- II

Sludge Return Sludge CLARIFIERCLARIFIER

Sludge FILTERATIONFILTERATION UNIT UNIT SLUDGE DRYING BED

TREATED EFFLUENT COLLECTION TANK

GARDENING GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT ±R&D FARM

215 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE ȂS ZLD flow diagram of 60 KLPD Distillery

216 | Page EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE ȂT ORGANIZATION CHART

217 | Page Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd.(Formerly known as Lokmanya Sakhar Udyog Ltd), Organisation Chart

Chairman & Managing Director

Executive Director (4)

(General Manager)

Admin Dept. Engg. Dept. MFG Dept. Agri Dept. Finance/Acct. Dept. Purchase/Store Dept. Civil Dept EDP ( IT) Dept.

(OSD) (W.M.) (Process Manager) Agri.Officer (Finance Manager) (Purch. Manager) (Project Manager) (EDP Manager)

Dy.Chief Chemist (CDO) (CSO) Purch. Asst. Store Keeper (Civil Engg.) Asst. EDP

(HR Manager.) (Elct. Engg.) Store Asst.

Dy.Chief Engg Mfg Chemist (WTP I/c) (Godown Keeper) Nos.

Civil Supervisor

Nos. Overseer

Asst. Elec. Eng.

Lab Incharge

Field Man

Nos Nos Mfg. All Employes

Electrician . Lab Chemist

Agri Asst.

Nos.

Wireman ( Finance A/c) ( Store A/c) ( Sugar A/c) Cane A/c Cashier

SlipBoy

(HTK)

Nos Asst. Accont. Asst. Store A/c Asst. Sugar A/c Asst. Cane A/c

Asst. Engineer (Instrument Eng) (Asst.Eng./Draughtsman)

(Security Officer) Eng. All Employees Inst. All Employees ======EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE ȂU LAND OWNERSHIP DOCUMENT

218 | Page

EIA REPORT FOR SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.

ANNEXURE Ȃ V APPLICATION FOR WATER WITHDRAWAL

219 | Page